xemacs-beta: lisp/prim/auto-autoloads.el comparison

comparison lisp/prim/auto-autoloads.el @ 78:c7528f8e288d r20-0b34

Import from CVS: tag r20-0b34

author	cvs
date	Mon, 13 Aug 2007 09:05:42 +0200
parents
children	1ce6082ce73f

comparison

equal deleted inserted replaced

-:6cb4f478e7bc
+:c7528f8e288d
+;;; Do NOT edit this file!
+;;; It is automatically generated using "make autoloads"
+;;; See update-autoloads.sh and autoload.el for more details.
+;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse batch-byte-compile display-call-tree byte-compile-sexp byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-file byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "bytecomp/bytecomp.el")
+(autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
+Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
+Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
+(autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
+Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
+This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
+Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also unless argument
+NORECURSION is non-nil.
+If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
+But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
+for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it.  Prefix argument 0 means
+don't ask and compile the file anyway.
+A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
+If the fourth argument FORCE is non-nil,
+recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
+(autoload 'byte-recompile-file "bytecomp" "\
+Recompile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME if it needs recompilation.
+This is if the `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
+If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not*
+compiled.  But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user
+whether to compile it.  Prefix argument 0 don't ask and recompile anyway." t nil)
+(autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
+Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
+The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
+With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling." t nil)
+(autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
+Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
+Print the result in the minibuffer.
+With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
+(autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
+If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
+If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
+(autoload 'byte-compile-sexp "bytecomp" "\
+Compile and return SEXP." nil nil)
+(autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
+Display a call graph of a specified file.
+This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
+them, and what functions they call.  The list includes all functions
+whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
+all functions called by those functions.
+The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
+primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
+cons, etc.).
+The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
+\(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
+invoked interactively." t nil)
+(autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
+Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
+Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
+it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
+Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
+For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
+(autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse "bytecomp" "\
+Same as `batch-byte-recompile-directory' but without recursion." nil nil)
+(autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
+Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
+Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
+For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "bytecomp/disass.el")
+(autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
+Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
+OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
+\(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
+If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
+redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el")
+(put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
+(put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el")
+(defvar calendar-setup 'one-frame "\
+The frame set up of the calendar.
+The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
+dediciated frame) or `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
+frames); with any other value the current frame is used.")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el")
+(defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
+*The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
+0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
+(defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
+*The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
+0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
++1 means on the right.  Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
+the screen.")
+(defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
+*Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
+The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
+if the current date is visible.  The number of days of diary entries displayed
+is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
+(defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
+*Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
+This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
+or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t.  For
+example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
+entries will be displayed.  If the value 2 is used, then both the current
+day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
+The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
+says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
+for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
+display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
+Saturday's entries on Saturday.
+This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
+from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
+number of days of diary entries displayed.")
+(defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
+*Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
+The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
+(defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
+*Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
+The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
+displayed.")
+(defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
+*Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
+The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
+(defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
+*If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
+This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
+If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
+(defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
+*If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
+This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
+If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
+calendar.")
+(defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
+*If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
+This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
+If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
+calendar.")
+(defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
+*List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
+This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
+(defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
+*List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
+The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
+once opened is never called again.  Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
+and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
+(defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
+*List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
+This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
+function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
+(setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
+It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
+a function is also provided for this:
+(setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
+The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
+functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
+date is not visible in the window.
+Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
+characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
+functions that move by days and weeks.")
+(defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
+*List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
+The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
+functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
+date is visible in the window.
+Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
+characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
+functions that move by days and weeks.")
+(defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
+*Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
+The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
+MONTH/DAY
+MONTH/DAY/YEAR
+MONTHNAME DAY
+MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
+DAYNAME
+at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
+string for that date.  MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
+a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
+If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
+DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
+MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
+characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not.  Any of DAY,
+MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
+respectively.
+The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
+instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
+`european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file.  The European forms are
+DAY/MONTH
+DAY/MONTH/YEAR
+DAY MONTHNAME
+DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
+DAYNAME
+To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
+`american-calendar' in the calendar.
+A diary entry can be preceded by the character
+`diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
+nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
+window but will appear in a diary window.
+Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
+either a TAB or one or more spaces.
+Lines not in one the above formats are ignored.  Here are some sample diary
+entries (in the default American style):
+12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
+&1/1. Happy New Year!
+10/22 Ruth's birthday.
+21: Payday
+Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
+Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
+1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
+&thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
+mar 16 Dad's birthday
+April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
+&* 15 time cards due.
+If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
+no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
+diary window; only the continuation lines is shown.  For example, the
+single diary entry
+02/11/1989
+Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
+2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
+2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
+4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
+7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
+7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
+will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning.  This
+facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
+used with more than one day's entries displayed.
+Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps.  For example, the diary entry
+%%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
+causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
+10, 1990.  Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
+`diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
+`diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
+`diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', `diary-phases-of-moon',
+`diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', and
+`diary-sabbath-candles'.  See the documentation for the function
+`list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
+Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
+possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
+unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
+`nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately.  See the documentation
+for these functions for details.
+Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
+details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
+(defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
+*Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
+(defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
+*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
+(defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
+*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
+(defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
+*The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
+See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
+(defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
+*The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
+See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
+(defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
+*Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
+For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
+If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
+(defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
+*Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
+If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
+1990.  The accepted European date styles are
+DAY/MONTH
+DAY/MONTH/YEAR
+DAY MONTHNAME
+DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
+DAYNAME
+Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
+characters with or without a period.")
+(defvar american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
+*List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
+See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
+(defvar european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<[^*0-9]") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
+*List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
+See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
+(defvar european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "\
+*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
+See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
+(defvar american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "\
+*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
+See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
+(defvar print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "\
+*List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
+The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
+buffer.  The default just does the printing.  Other uses might include, for
+example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
+instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
+(defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
+*List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
+It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
+A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
+this hook.  This function enables you to use shared diary files together
+with your own.  The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
+of the form
+#include \"filename\"
+This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
+obeyed.  You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
+the variable `diary-include-string'.  When you use `include-other-diary-files'
+as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
+function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
+For example, you could use
+(setq list-diary-entries-hook
+'(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
+(setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
+in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
+diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
+lexicographic order.")
+(defvar diary-hook nil "\
+*List of functions called after the display of the diary.
+Can be used for appointment notification.")
+(defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
+*List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
+If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used.  Use `ignore' for no
+diary display.
+Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
+the mode line), if there are any relevant entries.  At the time these
+functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
+by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
+STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date.  This can be
+used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
+holidays), or produce hard copy output.
+A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
+choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
+buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
+with headings.  The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
+variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil.  Ordinarily, the fancy
+diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
+if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
+diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
+(defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
+*List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
+As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
+relevant entries.  You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
+and `list-islamic-diary-entries'.  The documentation for these functions
+describes the style of such diary entries.")
+(defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
+*List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
+A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
+mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
+with your own.  The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
+of the form
+#include \"filename\"
+This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
+obeyed.  You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
+variable `diary-include-string'.  When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
+part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
+function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
+(defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
+*List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
+As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
+relevant entries.  You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
+and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'.  The documentation for these functions
+describes the style of such diary entries.")
+(defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
+*If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
+Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
+are holidays.")
+(defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
+*Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
+The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
+fancy diary buffer next to the date.  This slows down the diary functions
+somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
+(defvar general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Ground Hog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fool's Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
+*General holidays.  Default value is for the United States.
+See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
+(put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
+(defvar local-holidays nil "\
+*Local holidays.
+See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
+(put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
+(defvar other-holidays nil "\
+*User defined holidays.
+See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
+(put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
+(defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
+(put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
+(defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
+(put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
+(defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
+(put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
+(defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
+(put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
+(defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
+*Jewish holidays.
+See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
+(put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
+(defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
+*Christian holidays.
+See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
+(put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
+(defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
+*Islamic holidays.
+See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
+(put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
+(defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
+*Sun-related holidays.
+See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
+(put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
+(defvar calendar-holidays (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays christian-holidays hebrew-holidays islamic-holidays solar-holidays) "\
+*List of notable days for the command M-x holidays.
+Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the list
+`other-holidays' in your .emacs file.  Similarly, by setting any of
+`general-holidays', `local-holidays' `christian-holidays', `hebrew-holidays',
+`islamic-holidays', or `solar-holidays' to nil in your .emacs file, you can
+eliminate unwanted categories of holidays.  The intention is that (in the US)
+`local-holidays' be set in site-init.el and `other-holidays' be set by the
+user.
+Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
+items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the in the
+three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
+Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
+(holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
+(holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
+MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
+etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
+month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
+DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
+(holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING)  a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
+(holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
+(holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING)  a fixed date on the Julian calendar
+(holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
+in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
+a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
+evaluates to nil, there's no holiday.  STRING
+is an expression in the variable `date'.
+For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
+(holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
+to the list.  To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
+Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
+(holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
+to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
+To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
+(holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
+since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan, while to
+add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday use
+(holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
+since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram.  To
+add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
+(holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
+To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional.  For
+example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
+Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
+(holiday-sexp
+(if (zerop (% year 4))
+(calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
+(1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
+1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
+(list 11 1 year)))))))
+\"US Presidential Election\")
+or
+(if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
+(holiday-fixed 11
+(extract-calendar-day
+(calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
+(1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
+1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
+(list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
+\"US Presidential Election\"))
+to the list.  To include the phases of the moon, add
+(lunar-phases)
+to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
+you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
+with descriptive strings such as
+(((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
+(put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
+(autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
+Display a three-month calendar in another window.
+The three months appear side by side, with the current month in the middle
+surrounded by the previous and next months.  The cursor is put on today's date.
+If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
+This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file; appropriate setting
+of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' will cause the diary entries for
+the current date to be displayed in another window.  The value of the variable
+`number-of-diary-entries' controls the number of days of diary entries
+displayed upon initial display of the calendar.
+An optional prefix argument ARG causes the calendar displayed to be ARG
+months in the future if ARG is positive or in the past if ARG is negative;
+in this case the cursor goes on the first day of the month.
+Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved into view.
+Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar can be scrolled forward
+or backward.
+The cursor can be moved forward or backward by one day, one week, one month,
+or one year.  All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
+cause movement in the opposite direction.  For convenience, the digit keys
+and the minus sign are automatically prefixes.  The window is replotted as
+necessary to display the desired date.
+Diary entries can be marked on the calendar or displayed in another window.
+Use M-x describe-mode for details of the key bindings in the calendar window.
+The Gregorian calendar is assumed.
+After loading the calendar, the hooks given by the variable
+`calendar-load-hook' are run.  This is the place to add key bindings to the
+calendar-mode-map.
+After preparing the calendar window initially, the hooks given by the variable
+`initial-calendar-window-hook' are run.
+The hooks given by the variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' are run
+everytime the calendar window gets scrolled, if the current date is visible
+in the window.  If it is not visible, the hooks given by the variable
+`today-invisible-calendar-hook' are run.  Thus, for example, setting
+`today-visible-calendar-hook' to 'calendar-star-date will cause today's date
+to be replaced by asterisks to highlight it whenever it is in the window." t nil)
+(autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "calendar" "\
+List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
+When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
+from the cursor position." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el")
+(autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
+Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
+If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
+by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.  This function is suitable for
+execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el")
+(autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
+Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
+If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
+This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el")
+(autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
+Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
+If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
+This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el")
+(defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
+*The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
+A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
+`12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes',  all numbers in string form,
+and `am-pm' and `time-zone',  both alphabetic strings.
+For example, the form
+'(24-hours \":\" minutes
+(if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
+would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
+(defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
+*Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
+The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
+sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
+can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
+York City.
+This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
+(defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
+*Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
+The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
+sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
+can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
+York City.
+This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
+(defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
+*Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', calendar-latitude'.
+For example, \"New York City\".  Default value is just the latitude, longitude
+pair.
+This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
+(autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
+Local time of sunrise and sunset for today.  Accurate to +/- 2 minutes.
+If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
+If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
+latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
+This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
+(autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
+Date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
+Requires floating point." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (comint-dynamic-list-completions comint-dynamic-complete comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint/comint.el")
+(autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
+Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
+The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
+PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
+via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
+connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'.  If there is already a
+running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.  Optional third arg
+STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
+If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
+(autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
+Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
+The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
+The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
+hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
+See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
+(autoload 'comint-dynamic-complete "comint" "\
+Dynamically perform completion at point.
+Calls the functions in `comint-dynamic-complete-functions' to perform
+completion until a function returns non-nil, at which point completion is
+assumed to have occurred." t nil)
+(autoload 'comint-dynamic-list-completions "comint" "\
+List in help buffer sorted COMPLETIONS.
+Typing SPC flushes the help buffer." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (gdb) "gdb" "comint/gdb.el")
+(defvar gdb-command-name "gdb" "\
+Pathname for executing gdb.")
+(autoload 'gdb "gdb" "\
+Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gdb-FILE*.
+The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
+and source-file directory for GDB.  If you wish to change this, use
+the GDB commands `cd DIR' and `directory'." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (gdbsrc) "gdbsrc" "comint/gdbsrc.el")
+(autoload 'gdbsrc "gdbsrc" "\
+Activates a gdb session with gdbsrc-mode turned on.  A numeric prefix
+argument can be used to specify a running process to attach, and a non-numeric
+prefix argument will cause you to be prompted for a core file to debug." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (perldb xdb dbx sdb) "gud" "comint/gud.el")
+(autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
+Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
+The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
+and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
+(autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
+Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
+The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
+and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
+(autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
+Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
+The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
+and source-file directory for your debugger.
+You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
+directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
+(autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
+Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
+The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
+and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "comint/inf-lisp.el")
+(add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "comint/rlogin.el")
+(add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
+(autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
+Open a network login connection to HOST via the `rlogin' program.
+Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
+Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
+\(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
+If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
+a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
+When called from a program, if the optional second argument is a string or
+buffer, it names the buffer to use.
+The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
+run.  It can be a relative or absolute path.
+The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
+the rlogin when starting.  They are added after any arguments given in
+INPUT-ARGS.
+If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
+default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
+access your home directory on the remote machine.  Occasionally this causes
+an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine.  This
+error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
+If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
+directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
+This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
+share the same files via NFS.  This is the default.
+If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
+function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
+variable." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (shell) "shell" "comint/shell.el")
+(defvar shell-prompt-pattern (purecopy "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *") "\
+Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
+Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
+This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
+shell buffer.
+The pattern should probably not match more than one line.  If it does,
+shell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
+on lines which don't start with a prompt.
+This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
+(autoload 'shell "shell" "\
+Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
+If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
+If buffer exists and shell process is running,
+just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
+Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
+or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
+or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
+If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
+(Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
+discards input when it starts up.)
+The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
+and controlling the subjobs of the shell.  See `shell-mode'.
+See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
+The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
+such as `explicit-csh-args'.  If that symbol is a variable,
+its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
+Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
+\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
+(add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "comint/telnet.el")
+(add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
+(autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
+Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
+With a prefix argument, prompts for the port name or number as well.
+Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*HOST-telnet*'.
+Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
+See also `\\[rsh]'." t nil)
+(add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
+(autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
+Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
+Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
+Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
+See also `\\[telnet]'." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "dired/ange-ftp.el")
+(defvar ange-ftp-path-format '("^/\\(\\([^@/:]*\\)@\\)?\\([^@/:]*\\):\\(.*\\)" 3 2 4) "\
+*Format of a fully expanded remote pathname.  This is a cons
+\(REGEXP . (HOST USER PATH)), where REGEXP is a regular expression matching
+the full remote pathname, and HOST, USER, and PATH are the numbers of
+parenthesized expressions in REGEXP for the components (in that order).")
+(autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
+(or (assoc (car ange-ftp-path-format) file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (cons (car ange-ftp-path-format) 'ange-ftp-hook-function) file-name-handler-alist)))
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (dired-make-permissions-interactive) "dired-chmod" "dired/dired-chmod.el")
+(autoload 'dired-make-permissions-interactive "dired-chmod" nil nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (dired-cwd-make-magic) "dired-cwd" "dired/dired-cwd.el")
+(autoload 'dired-cwd-make-magic "dired-cwd" "\
+Modify COMMAND so that it's working directory is the current dired directory.
+This works by binding `default-directory' to `(default-directory)'s value.
+See also function `default-directory'." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-rename-list dired-do-rename-numeric) "dired-num" "dired/dired-num.el")
+(autoload 'dired-do-rename-numeric "dired-num" "\
+Rename all marked (or next ARG) files using numbers.
+You are prompted for a format string, e.g \"part_%d_of_8\", and a starting
+number, e.g. 1.  If there are 8 marked files, this example will rename them to
+part_1_of_8
+part_2_of_8
+...
+part_8_of_8" t nil)
+(autoload 'dired-do-rename-list "dired-num" "\
+Rename all marked (or next ARG) files using elements from LIST.
+You are prompted for a format string, e.g \"x_%s\", and the list,
+e.g. '(foo bar zod).  This example will rename the marked files to
+x_foo
+x_bar
+x_zod
+It is an error if LIST has not as many elements as there are files." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (dired-rcs-mark-rcs-files dired-rcs-mark-rcs-locked-files) "dired-rcs" "dired/dired-rcs.el")
+(autoload 'dired-rcs-mark-rcs-locked-files "dired-rcs" "\
+Mark all files that are under RCS control and RCS-locked.
+With prefix argument, unflag all those files.
+Mentions RCS files for which a working file was not found in this buffer.
+Type \\[dired-why] to see them again." t nil)
+(autoload 'dired-rcs-mark-rcs-files "dired-rcs" "\
+Mark all files that are under RCS control.
+With prefix argument, unflag all those files.
+Mentions RCS files for which a working file was not found in this buffer.
+Type \\[dired-why] to see them again." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (dired-extra-startup) "dired-x" "dired/dired-x.el")
+(autoload 'dired-extra-startup "dired-x" "\
+Automatically put on dired-mode-hook to get extra dired features:
+\\<dired-mode-map>
+\\[dired-vm]	-- VM on folder
+\\[dired-rmail]	-- Rmail on folder
+\\[dired-do-insert-subdir]	-- insert all marked subdirs
+\\[dired-do-find-file]	-- visit all marked files simultaneously
+\\[dired-set-marker-char], \\[dired-restore-marker-char]	-- change and display dired-marker-char dynamically.
+\\[dired-omit-toggle]	-- toggle omitting of files
+\\[dired-mark-sexp]	-- mark by lisp expression
+\\[dired-do-unmark]	-- replace existing marker with another.
+\\[dired-mark-rcs-files]	-- mark all RCS controlled files
+\\[dired-mark-files-compilation-buffer]	-- mark compilation files
+\\[dired-copy-filename-as-kill]	-- copy the file or subdir names into the kill ring.
+	   You can feed it to other commands using \\[yank].
+For more features, see variables
+dired-omit-files
+dired-omit-extenstions
+dired-dangerous-shell-command
+dired-mark-keys
+dired-local-variables-file
+dired-find-subdir
+dired-guess-have-gnutar
+dired-auto-shell-command-alist
+See also functions
+dired-sort-on-size
+dired-do-relsymlink
+dired-flag-extension
+dired-virtual
+dired-jump-back
+dired-jump-back-other-window
+" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired) "dired" "dired/dired.el")
+(defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
+*Switches passed to ls for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
+Can contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.")
+(defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(dgux-unix hpux usg-unix-v silicon-graphics-unix irix)) "chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
+*Name of chown command (usully `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
+(defvar dired-ls-program (purecopy "ls") "\
+*Absolute or relative name of the ls program used by dired.")
+(defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks t "\
+*Informs dired about how ls -lF marks symbolic links.
+Set this to t if `dired-ls-program' with -lF marks the symbolic link
+itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
+Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
+nil, if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
+Dired checks if there is really a @ appended.  Thus, if you have a
+marking ls program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
+don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
+always set this variable to t.")
+(defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
+*Regexp of files to skip when moving point to the first file of a new directory listing.
+Nil means move to the subdir line, t means move to first file.")
+(defvar dired-keep-marker-move t "\
+If t, moved marked files are marked if their originals were.
+If a character, those files (marked or not) are marked with that character.")
+(defvar dired-keep-marker-copy ?C "\
+If t, copied files are marked if their source files were.
+If a character, those files are always marked with that character.")
+(defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink ?H "\
+If t, hard-linked files are marked if the linked-to files were.
+If a character, those files are always marked with that character.")
+(defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink ?Y "\
+If t, symlinked marked files are marked if the linked-to files were.
+If a character, those files are always marked with that character.")
+(defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
+*If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory:
+If there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, use
+its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired
+buffer.
+The target is used in the prompt for file copy, move etc.")
+(defvar dired-copy-preserve-time nil "\
+*If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
+\(This works on only some systems.)\\<dired-mode-map>
+Use `\\[dired-do-copy]' with a zero prefix argument to toggle its value.")
+(define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
+(autoload 'dired "dired" "\
+\"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
+With an optional prefix argument you can specify the ls SWITCHES that are used.
+Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
+shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
+You can move around in it with the usual commands.
+You can flag files for deletion with \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-flag-file-deleted] and then delete them by
+typing \\[dired-do-deletions].
+Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
+If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
+(define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
+(autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
+\"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
+(define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
+(autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
+\"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
+(autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
+Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired" "dired/find-dired.el")
+(defvar find-ls-option (purecopy (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
+*Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
+This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES).  FIND-OPTION
+gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
+LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
+(defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) "-s" "-q")) "\
+*Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
+On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
+On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
+(defvar find-dired-multiple-buffers nil "\
+*If non-nil, generates a new buffer for each find")
+(autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
+Run `find' and go into dired-mode on a buffer of the output.
+The command run (after changing into DIR) is
+find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls" t nil)
+(autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
+Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
+and run dired on those files.
+PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
+The command run (after changing into DIR) is
+find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
+(autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
+Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
+The command run (after changing into DIR) is
+find . -type f -exec test -r {} \\; -exec egrep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
+Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "edebug/edebug.el")
+(autoload 'def-edebug-spec "edebug" "\
+Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
+Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
+\(naming a function), or a list." nil 'macro)
+(defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
+(autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
+Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
+This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
+Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
+or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff/ediff-mult.el")
+(autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
+Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
+(defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "ediff/ediff-util.el")
+(autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
+Switch from the multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
+For a permanent change, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
+which see." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff/ediff.el")
+(autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
+(autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
+(defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
+(defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
+(autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
+(defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
+(autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
+(defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
+(autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
+the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
+can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
+(defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
+(autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
+The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
+names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
+(defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
+(autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
+have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
+expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
+(defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
+(autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
+the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
+can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
+(defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
+(autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
+Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
+Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
+in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
+without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
+can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
+(autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
+The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
+names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
+(defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
+(autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
+The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
+names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
+(defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
+(defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
+(autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
+Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
+With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
+follows:
+If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
+If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
+(autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
+Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
+With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
+follows:
+If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
+If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
+(autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
+Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
+This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
+lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
+(autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
+Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
+Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
+This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
+lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
+(defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
+(autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
+Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
+(autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
+Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
+(defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
+(autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
+Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
+(autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
+Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
+(autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
+The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
+buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
+The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
+buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
+First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a lide describing a
+file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
+(autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
+(autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
+(defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
+(defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
+(autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
+Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
+The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
+buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
+(autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
+Return string describing the version of Ediff.
+When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
+(autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
+Display Ediff's manual.
+With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "electric/ebuff-menu.el")
+(autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
+Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
+Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
+listing with menuoid buffer selection.
+If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
+window disappears.  Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
+window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
+To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
+the appropriate line of the buffer-list window.  Other commands are
+much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
+Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
+Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
+When called from Lisp code, FILES-ONLY may be a regular expression,
+in which case only buffers whose names match that expression are listed,
+or an arbitrary predicate function.
+\\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (electric-command-history Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "electric/echistory.el")
+(autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
+Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
+With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
+(autoload 'electric-command-history "echistory" "\
+\\<electric-history-map>Major mode for examining and redoing commands from `command-history'.
+This pops up a window with the Command History listing.
+The number of command listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
+The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
+Combines typeout Command History list window with menu like selection
+of an expression from the history for re-evaluation in the *original* buffer.
+The history displayed is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
+Like Emacs-Lisp mode except that characters do not insert themselves and
+Tab and Linefeed do not indent.  Instead these commands are provided:
+\\{electric-history-map}
+Calls the value of `electric-command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
+The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "electric/ehelp.el")
+(autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
+Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
+The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
+THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
+contents of BUFFER.  BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'.  BUFFER will be
+erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil.  THUNK will
+be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
+the buffer specified by BUFFER.
+If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
+shrink the window to fit.  If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
+After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
+in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
+in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
+this value is non-nil.
+If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
+shrink the window to fit.  If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
+things.
+When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
+buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
+BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
+(autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" nil nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "electric/helper.el")
+(autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
+Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
+(autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
+Provide help for current mode." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulators/edt.el")
+(autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
+Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulators/mlconvert.el")
+(autoload 'convert-mocklisp-buffer "mlconvert" "\
+Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (teco-command) "teco" "emulators/teco.el")
+(autoload 'teco-command "teco" "\
+Read and execute a Teco command string." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulators/tpu-edt.el")
+(fset 'tpu-edt-mode 'tpu-edt-on)
+(fset 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
+(autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
+Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "emulators/tpu-extras.el")
+(autoload 'tpu-set-scroll-margins "tpu-extras" "\
+Set scroll margins." t nil)
+(autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-free "tpu-extras" "\
+Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
+(autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-bound "tpu-extras" "\
+Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulators/ws-mode.el")
+(autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
+Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
+BUGS:
+- Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
+are not implemented
+- Options for search and replace
+- Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
+- Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
+No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
+Emacs-like.
+The key bindings are:
+C-a		backward-word
+C-b		fill-paragraph
+C-c		scroll-up-line
+C-d		forward-char
+C-e		previous-line
+C-f		forward-word
+C-g		delete-char
+C-h		backward-char
+C-i		indent-for-tab-command
+C-j		help-for-help
+C-k		ordstar-C-k-map
+C-l		ws-repeat-search
+C-n		open-line
+C-p		quoted-insert
+C-r		scroll-down-line
+C-s		backward-char
+C-t		kill-word
+C-u		keyboard-quit
+C-v		overwrite-mode
+C-w		scroll-down
+C-x		next-line
+C-y		kill-complete-line
+C-z		scroll-up
+C-k 0		ws-set-marker-0
+C-k 1		ws-set-marker-1
+C-k 2		ws-set-marker-2
+C-k 3		ws-set-marker-3
+C-k 4		ws-set-marker-4
+C-k 5		ws-set-marker-5
+C-k 6		ws-set-marker-6
+C-k 7		ws-set-marker-7
+C-k 8		ws-set-marker-8
+C-k 9		ws-set-marker-9
+C-k b		ws-begin-block
+C-k c		ws-copy-block
+C-k d		save-buffers-kill-emacs
+C-k f		find-file
+C-k h		ws-show-markers
+C-k i		ws-indent-block
+C-k k		ws-end-block
+C-k p		ws-print-block
+C-k q		kill-emacs
+C-k r		insert-file
+C-k s		save-some-buffers
+C-k t		ws-mark-word
+C-k u		ws-exdent-block
+C-k C-u	keyboard-quit
+C-k v		ws-move-block
+C-k w		ws-write-block
+C-k x		kill-emacs
+C-k y		ws-delete-block
+C-o c		wordstar-center-line
+C-o b		switch-to-buffer
+C-o j		justify-current-line
+C-o k		kill-buffer
+C-o l		list-buffers
+C-o m		auto-fill-mode
+C-o r		set-fill-column
+C-o C-u	keyboard-quit
+C-o wd	delete-other-windows
+C-o wh	split-window-horizontally
+C-o wo	other-window
+C-o wv	split-window-vertically
+C-q 0		ws-find-marker-0
+C-q 1		ws-find-marker-1
+C-q 2		ws-find-marker-2
+C-q 3		ws-find-marker-3
+C-q 4		ws-find-marker-4
+C-q 5		ws-find-marker-5
+C-q 6		ws-find-marker-6
+C-q 7		ws-find-marker-7
+C-q 8		ws-find-marker-8
+C-q 9		ws-find-marker-9
+C-q a		ws-query-replace
+C-q b		ws-to-block-begin
+C-q c		end-of-buffer
+C-q d		end-of-line
+C-q f		ws-search
+C-q k		ws-to-block-end
+C-q l		ws-undo
+C-q p		ws-last-cursorp
+C-q r		beginning-of-buffer
+C-q C-u	keyboard-quit
+C-q w		ws-last-error
+C-q y		ws-kill-eol
+C-q DEL	ws-kill-bol
+" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs-eos" "eos/loaddefs-eos.el")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "games/blackbox.el")
+(autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
+Play blackbox.  Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
+the default is 4.
+What is blackbox?
+Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
+Blackbox).  Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
+balls (usually 4) within this box.  By shooting rays into the box and
+observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
+the hidden balls.  The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
+your score.
+Overview of play:
+\\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox].  An optional prefix argument
+specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
+four.
+The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
+movement keys.
+To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
+The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
+You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
+box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
+When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
+press \\[bb-done].  You will be informed whether you are correct or
+not, and be given your score.  Your score is the number of letters and
+numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
+placed ball.  If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
+indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
+Details:
+There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
+	Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
+		where you sent it in.  On the playfield, detours are
+		denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
+		ray went in, and the other where it came out.
+	Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
+		it was sent in.  On the playfield, reflections are
+		denoted by the letter `R'.
+	Hit:	the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed.  It does
+		not emerge from the box.  On the playfield, hits are
+		denoted by the letter `H'.
+The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
+example.
+As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees.  Rays can
+be deflected multiple times.  In the diagrams below, the dashes
+represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
+The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
+described under \"Detour\" above.  Note that the entrance and exit
+points are always interchangeable.  `*' denotes the path taken by the
+ray.
+Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
+degree deflection it causes.
+1
+- * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
+- * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
+1 * * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - O - - - - O -
+- - O - - - - -         - - O - - - - -         - - * * * * - -
+- - - - - - - -         - - - * * * * * 2     3 * * * - - * - -
+- - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - O - * - -
+- - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * * - -
+- - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * - O -
+2                         3
+As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
+it was sent in.  This can happen in several ways:
+- - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
+- - - - O - - -         - - O - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
+R * * * * - - - -         - - - * - - - -          O - - - - - - -
+- - - - O - - -         - - - * - - - -        R - - - - - - - -
+- - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
+- - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
+- - - - - - - -       R * * * * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
+- - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
+In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
+ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
+its point of origin.  The second example is similar.  The third
+example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
+ray never gets a chance to get into the box.  Alternatively, the ray
+can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
+emerging from the box.
+A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
+- - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
+- - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - O - - -
+- - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -        H * * * * - - - -
+- - - - - - - -       H * * * * O - - -          - - - * - - - -
+- - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - O - - - -
+H * * * O - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
+- - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
+- - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
+Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
+a reflection." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (conx-load conx conx-region conx-buffer) "conx" "games/conx.el")
+(autoload 'conx-buffer "conx" "\
+Absorb the text in the current buffer into the tree." t nil)
+(autoload 'conx-region "conx" "\
+Absorb the text in the current region into the tree." t nil)
+(autoload 'conx "conx" "\
+Generate some random sentences in the *conx* buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'conx-load "conx" "\
+Load in a CONX database written by the \\[conx-save] command.
+This clears the database currently in memory." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) "cookie1" "games/cookie1.el")
+(autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
+Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.  When the phrase file
+is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
+(autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
+Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.  When the phrase file
+is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
+(autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
+Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
+Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after.  Caches the result; second
+and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
+(autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
+Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "games/dissociate.el")
+(autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
+Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
+Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
+which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
+Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
+If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
+If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
+Default is 2." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "games/doctor.el")
+(autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
+Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "games/dunnet.el")
+(autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
+Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (flame) "flame" "games/flame.el")
+(autoload 'flame "flame" "\
+Generate ARG (default 1) sentences of half-crazed gibberish." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "games/gomoku.el")
+(autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
+Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
+If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
+If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
+You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
+and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
+marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
+You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
+\\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
+Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (hanoi) "hanoi" "games/hanoi.el")
+(autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
+Towers of Hanoi diversion.  Argument is number of rings." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "games/life.el")
+(autoload 'life "life" "\
+Run Conway's Life simulation.
+The starting pattern is randomly selected.  Prefix arg (optional first
+arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
+generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "games/mpuz.el")
+(autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
+Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "games/spook.el")
+(autoload 'spook "spook" "\
+Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
+(autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
+Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism yow) "yow" "games/yow.el")
+(autoload 'yow "yow" "\
+Return or display a random Zippy quotation.  With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
+(autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
+Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
+(autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
+Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
+If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
+(autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
+Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el")
+(autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
+Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el")
+(autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
+Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache." t nil)
+(autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
+Generate the cache active file." t nil)
+(autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
+Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sound-play) "gnus-sound" "gnus/gnus-sound.el")
+(autoload 'gnus-sound-play "gnus-sound" "\
+Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el")
+(autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
+Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
+Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
+for matching on group names.
+For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
+groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
+$ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score gnus-fetch-group gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server gnus-slave-no-server gnus-add-configuration gnus-update-format) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el")
+(autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus" "\
+Update the format specification near point." t nil)
+(autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus" "\
+Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
+(autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
+Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server" t nil)
+(autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
+Read network news.
+If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
+startup level.	If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
+If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
+prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
+As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
+(autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
+Read news as a slave." t nil)
+(autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
+Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
+(autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
+Read network news.
+If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
+startup level.	If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
+prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
+(autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus" "\
+Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
+Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
+(defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
+(autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus" "\
+Run batched scoring.
+Usage: emacs -batch -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score <newsgroups> ...
+Newsgroups is a list of strings in Bnews format.  If you want to score
+the comp hierarchy, you'd say \"comp.all\".  If you would not like to
+score the alt hierarchy, you'd say \"!alt.all\"." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message" "gnus/message.el")
+(defvar message-fcc-handler-function 'rmail-output "\
+*A function called to save outgoing articles.
+This function will be called with the name of the file to store the
+article in. The default function is `rmail-output' which saves in Unix
+mailbox format.")
+(defvar message-courtesy-message "The following message is a courtesy copy of an article\nthat has been posted as well.\n\n" "\
+*This is inserted at the start of a mailed copy of a posted message.
+If this variable is nil, no such courtesy message will be added.")
+(defvar message-ignored-bounced-headers "^\\(Received\\|Return-Path\\):" "\
+*Regexp that matches headers to be removed in resent bounced mail.")
+(defvar message-from-style 'default "\
+*Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
+If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
+	king@grassland.com
+If `parens', they look like:
+	king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
+If `angles', they look like:
+	Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
+Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
+`parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
+(defvar message-syntax-checks nil "\
+Controls what syntax checks should not be performed on outgoing posts.
+To disable checking of long signatures, for instance, add
+`(signature . disabled)' to this list.
+Don't touch this variable unless you really know what you're doing.
+Checks include subject-cmsg multiple-headers sendsys message-id from
+long-lines control-chars size new-text redirected-followup signature
+approved sender empty empty-headers message-id from subject.")
+(defvar message-required-news-headers '(From Newsgroups Subject Date Message-ID (optional . Organization) Lines (optional . X-Newsreader)) "\
+*Headers to be generated or prompted for when posting an article.
+RFC977 and RFC1036 require From, Date, Newsgroups, Subject,
+Message-ID.  Organization, Lines, In-Reply-To, Expires, and
+X-Newsreader are optional.  If don't you want message to insert some
+header, remove it from this list.")
+(defvar message-required-mail-headers '(From Subject Date (optional . In-Reply-To) Message-ID Lines (optional . X-Mailer)) "\
+*Headers to be generated or prompted for when mailing a message.
+RFC822 required that From, Date, To, Subject and Message-ID be
+included.  Organization, Lines and X-Mailer are optional.")
+(defvar message-deletable-headers '(Message-ID Date) "\
+*Headers to be deleted if they already exist and were generated by message previously.")
+(defvar message-ignored-news-headers "^NNTP-Posting-Host:\\|^Xref:\\|^Bcc:\\|^Gcc:\\|^Fcc:" "\
+*Regexp of headers to be removed unconditionally before posting.")
+(defvar message-ignored-mail-headers "^Gcc:\\|^Fcc:" "\
+*Regexp of headers to be removed unconditionally before mailing.")
+(defvar message-ignored-supersedes-headers "^Path:\\|^Date\\|^NNTP-Posting-Host:\\|^Xref:\\|^Lines:\\|^Received:\\|^X-From-Line:\\|Return-Path:\\|^Supersedes:" "\
+*Header lines matching this regexp will be deleted before posting.
+It's best to delete old Path and Date headers before posting to avoid
+any confusion.")
+(defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
+Regexp matching the signature separator.")
+(defvar message-interactive nil "\
+Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
+nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
+(defvar message-generate-new-buffers t "\
+*Non-nil means that a new message buffer will be created whenever `mail-setup' is called.
+If this is a function, call that function with three parameters:  The type,
+the to address and the group name.  (Any of these may be nil.)  The function
+should return the new buffer name.")
+(defvar message-kill-buffer-on-exit nil "\
+*Non-nil means that the message buffer will be killed after sending a message.")
+(defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
+*Local news organization file.")
+(defvar message-signature-before-forwarded-message t "\
+*If non-nil, put the signature before any included forwarded message.")
+(defvar message-included-forward-headers "^From:\\|^Newsgroups:\\|^Subject:\\|^Date:\\|^Followup-To:\\|^Reply-To:\\|^Organization:\\|^Summary:\\|^Keywords:\\|^To:\\|^Cc:\\|^Posted-To:\\|^Mail-Copies-To:\\|^Apparently-To:\\|^Gnus-Warning:\\|^Resent-\\|^Message-ID:\\|^References:" "\
+*Regexp matching headers to be included in forwarded messages.")
+(defvar message-ignored-resent-headers "^Return-receipt" "\
+*All headers that match this regexp will be deleted when resending a message.")
+(defvar message-ignored-cited-headers "." "\
+Delete these headers from the messages you yank.")
+(defvar message-send-mail-function 'message-send-mail-with-sendmail "\
+Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
+The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
+variable `mail-header-separator'.
+Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-mh' and
+`message-send-mail-with-sendmail', which is the default.")
+(defvar message-send-news-function 'message-send-news "\
+Function to call to send the current buffer as news.
+The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
+variable `mail-header-separator'.")
+(defvar message-reply-to-function nil "\
+Function that should return a list of headers.
+This function should pick out addresses from the To, Cc, and From headers
+and respond with new To and Cc headers.")
+(defvar message-wide-reply-to-function nil "\
+Function that should return a list of headers.
+This function should pick out addresses from the To, Cc, and From headers
+and respond with new To and Cc headers.")
+(defvar message-followup-to-function nil "\
+Function that should return a list of headers.
+This function should pick out addresses from the To, Cc, and From headers
+and respond with new To and Cc headers.")
+(defvar message-use-followup-to 'ask "\
+*Specifies what to do with Followup-To header.
+If nil, ignore the header. If it is t, use its value, but query before
+using the \"poster\" value.  If it is the symbol `ask', query the user
+whether to ignore the \"poster\" value.  If it is the symbol `use',
+always use the value.")
+(defvar message-post-method (cond ((and (boundp 'gnus-post-method) gnus-post-method) gnus-post-method) ((boundp 'gnus-select-method) gnus-select-method) (t '(nnspool ""))) "\
+Method used to post news.")
+(defvar message-generate-headers-first nil "\
+*If non-nil, generate all possible headers before composing.")
+(defvar message-citation-line-function 'message-insert-citation-line "\
+*Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
+(defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
+*Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
+nil means use indentation.")
+(defvar message-cite-function 'message-cite-original "\
+*Function for citing an original message.")
+(defvar message-indent-citation-function 'message-indent-citation "\
+*Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
+This can also be a list of functions.  Each function can find the
+citation between (point) and (mark t).  And each function should leave
+point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
+(defvar message-signature t "\
+*String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
+If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
+If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
+If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
+(defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
+*File containing the text inserted at end of message. buffer.")
+(defvar message-default-headers nil "\
+*A string containing header lines to be inserted in outgoing messages.
+It is inserted before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete
+these lines.")
+(defvar message-default-mail-headers nil "\
+*A string of header lines to be inserted in outgoing mails.")
+(defvar message-default-news-headers nil "\
+*A string of header lines to be inserted in outgoing news articles.")
+(autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
+Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
+Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
+C-c C-s  message-send (send the message)    C-c C-c  message-send-and-exit
+C-c C-f  move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
+	 C-c C-f C-t  move to To	C-c C-f C-s  move to Subject
+	 C-c C-f C-c  move to Cc	C-c C-f C-b  move to Bcc
+	 C-c C-f C-f  move to Fcc	C-c C-f C-r  move to Reply-To
+	 C-c C-f C-u  move to Summary	C-c C-f C-n  move to Newsgroups
+	 C-c C-f C-k  move to Keywords	C-c C-f C-d  move to Distribution
+	 C-c C-f C-o  move to Followup-To
+C-c C-t  message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
+C-c C-n  message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
+C-c C-b  message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
+C-c C-i  message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
+C-c C-w  message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
+C-c C-y  message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
+C-c C-q  message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
+C-c C-r  message-ceasar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
+(autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
+Start editing a mail message to be sent." t nil)
+(autoload 'message-news "message" "\
+Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
+(autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
+Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'message-followup "message" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
+Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
+(autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
+Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
+This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
+header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
+(autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
+Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
+(autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
+Forward the current message via mail.
+Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
+(autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
+Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
+(autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
+Re-mail the current message.
+This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
+contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
+you." t nil)
+(autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
+Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
+(autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
+Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
+(autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
+Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
+(autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
+Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
+(autoload 'bold-region "message" "\
+Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
+Works by overstriking characters.
+Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
+which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
+(autoload 'unbold-region "message" "\
+Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
+Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
+which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el")
+(autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
+Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el")
+(autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
+Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups
+Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el")
+(autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
+Generate nov databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el")
+(autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
+Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
+(autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
+Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
+(autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
+Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el")
+(autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
+Mode for editing Gnus score files.
+This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
+\\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (gnus-smiley-display smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el")
+(autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
+Smilify the region between point and mark." t nil)
+(autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'gnus-smiley-display "smiley" nil t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (hm--html-minor-mode hm--html-mode) "hm--html-mode" "hm--html-menus/hm--html-mode.el")
+(autoload 'hm--html-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing HTML hypertext documents.
+Special commands:\\{hm--html-mode-map}
+Turning on hm--html-mode calls the value of the variable hm--html-mode-hook,
+if that value is non-nil." t nil)
+(autoload 'hm--html-minor-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
+Toggle hm--html-minor-mode.
+With arg, turn hm--html-minor-mode on iff arg is positive." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (html-view-get-display html-view-goto-url html-view-view-buffer html-view-view-file html-view-start-mosaic) "html-view" "hm--html-menus/html-view.el")
+(autoload 'html-view-start-mosaic "html-view" "\
+Start Mosaic." t nil)
+(autoload 'html-view-view-file "html-view" "\
+View an html file with Mosaic." t nil)
+(autoload 'html-view-view-buffer "html-view" "\
+View html buffer with Mosaic.
+If BUFFER-TO-VIEW is nil, then the current buffer is used." t nil)
+(autoload 'html-view-goto-url "html-view" "\
+Goto an URL in Mosaic." t nil)
+(autoload 'html-view-get-display "html-view" "\
+Get the display for Mosaic." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (hmail:compose) "hmail" "hyperbole/hmail.el")
+(autoload 'hmail:compose "hmail" "\
+Compose mail with ADDRESS and evaluation of EXPR.
+Optional SUBJECT and HELP message may also be given." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (Info-handle-in-note smart-info-assist smart-info) "hmous-info" "hyperbole/hmous-info.el")
+(autoload 'smart-info "hmous-info" "\
+Walks through Info documentation networks using one key or mouse key.
+If key is pressed within:
+(1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
+is found;
+(2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
+the desired node is found;
+(3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
+the 'Top' node within that file is found;
+(4) at the end of the current node, the Next node is found (this will
+descend subtrees if the function 'Info-global-next' is bound);
+(5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
+scrolled up one windowful.
+Returns t if key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
+or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
+(autoload 'smart-info-assist "hmous-info" "\
+Walks through Info documentation networks using one assist-key or mouse assist-key.
+If assist-key is pressed within:
+(1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
+is found;
+(2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
+the last node in the history list is found;
+(3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
+the 'DIR' root-level node is found;
+(4) at the end of the current node, the Previous node is found (this will
+return from subtrees if the function 'Info-global-prev is bound);
+(5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
+scrolled down one windowful.
+Returns t if assist-key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
+or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
+(autoload 'Info-handle-in-note "hmous-info" "\
+Follows an Info cross-reference.
+If point is within the first line of an Info note (cross-reference), follows
+cross-reference and returns t; otherwise returns nil." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (smart-tags-file smart-tags-file-path smart-objc-oobr smart-objc smart-fortran-at-tag-p smart-c++-oobr smart-c++ smart-c-at-tag-p smart-asm-at-tag-p) "hmouse-tag" "hyperbole/hmouse-tag.el")
+(autoload 'smart-asm-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
+Return assembly tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
+(autoload 'smart-c-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
+Return C tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
+(autoload 'smart-c++ "hmouse-tag" "\
+Jumps to the definition of optional C++ IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
+Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching C++ tag.
+It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
+appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
+If:
+(1) on a '#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
+Look for include file in directory lists 'smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
+and 'smart-c-include-dirs'.
+(2) on a C++ identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
+assuming the identifier is found within an 'etags' generated tag file
+in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
+(3) if 'smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the C++ identifier is
+recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
+identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
+(autoload 'smart-c++-oobr "hmouse-tag" "\
+Jumps to the definition of selected C++ construct via OO-Browser support.
+Optional JUNK is ignored.  Does nothing if the OO-Browser is not available.
+It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
+appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
+If key is pressed:
+(1) on a '#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
+Look for include file in directory lists 'smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
+and 'smart-c-include-dirs'.
+(2) within a method declaration, its definition is displayed;
+(3) on a class name, the class definition is shown.
+(2) and (3) require that an OO-Browser Environment has been loaded with
+the {M-x br-env-load RTN} command." t nil)
+(autoload 'smart-fortran-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
+Return Fortran tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
+(autoload 'smart-objc "hmouse-tag" "\
+Jumps to the definition of optional Objective-C IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
+Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Objective-C tag.
+It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
+appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
+If:
+(1) on a '#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
+Look for include file in directory lists 'smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
+and 'smart-c-include-dirs'.
+(2) on an Objective-C identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
+assuming the identifier is found within an 'etags' generated tag file
+in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
+(3) if 'smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the Objective-C identifier is
+recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
+identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
+(autoload 'smart-objc-oobr "hmouse-tag" "\
+Jumps to the definition of selected Objective-C construct via OO-Browser support.
+Optional JUNK is ignored.  Does nothing if the OO-Browser is not available.
+It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
+appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
+If key is pressed:
+(1) on a '#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
+Look for include file in directory lists 'smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
+and 'smart-c-include-dirs'.
+(2) within a method declaration, its definition is displayed;
+(3) on a class name, the class definition is shown.
+(2) and (3) require that an OO-Browser Environment has been loaded with
+the {M-x br-env-load RTN} command." t nil)
+(autoload 'smart-tags-file-path "hmouse-tag" "\
+Expand relative FILE name by looking it up in the nearest tags file.
+Return FILE unchanged if it exists relative to the current directory or
+cannot be expanded via a tags file." nil nil)
+(autoload 'smart-tags-file "hmouse-tag" "\
+Return appropriate tags file name for CURR-FILENAME or 'tags-file-name'." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (var:append) "hvar" "hyperbole/hvar.el")
+(autoload 'var:append "hvar" "\
+Appends to value held by VAR-SYMBOL-NAME, LIST-TO-ADD.  Returns new value.
+If VAR-SYMBOL-NAME is unbound, it is set to LIST-TO-ADD.
+Often used to append to 'hook' variables." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (hypb:configuration) "hypb" "hyperbole/hypb.el")
+(autoload 'hypb:configuration "hypb" "\
+Insert Emacs configuration information at the end of optional OUT-BUF or the current buffer." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads nil "hyperbole" "hyperbole/hyperbole.el")
+(defvar action-key-url-function 'w3-fetch "\
+Value is a function of one argument, a url, which displays the url referent.
+Possible values are:
+w3-fetch - display using the W3 Emacs web browser;
+highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape - display in Netscape;
+highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic - display in Mosaic.")
+(defvar kimport:mode-alist '((t . kimport:text) (outline-mode . kimport:star-outline)) "\
+Alist of (major-mode . importation-function) elements.
+This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
+called if the major mode of the import file matches the car of an element in
+this list.  If there is no match, then `kimport:suffix-alist' is checked.  If
+that yields no match, the element in this list whose car is 't is used.  It
+normally does an import of a koutline or text file.
+Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to import
+and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a third
+optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported cells
+as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
+outline-mode  - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with
+asterisks;
+.kot
+.kotl         - imported as a structured koutline
+all others    - imported as text.")
+(defvar kimport:suffix-alist '(("\\.otl$" . kimport:star-outline) ("\\.aug$" . kimport:aug-post-outline)) "\
+Alist of (buffer-name-suffix-regexp . importation-function) elements.
+This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
+called.  Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to
+import and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a
+third optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported
+cells as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
+.otl  - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with asterisks;
+.kot
+.kotl - imported as a structured koutline
+.aug  - imported as an Augment post-numbered outline.")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (wconfig-yank-pop wconfig-ring-save wconfig-delete-pop wconfig-restore-by-name wconfig-delete-by-name wconfig-add-by-name) "wconfig" "hyperbole/wconfig.el")
+(autoload 'wconfig-add-by-name "wconfig" "\
+Saves the current window configuration under the string NAME.
+When called interactively and a window configuration already exists under
+NAME, confirms whether or not to replace it." t nil)
+(autoload 'wconfig-delete-by-name "wconfig" "\
+Deletes window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
+(autoload 'wconfig-restore-by-name "wconfig" "\
+Restores window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
+(autoload 'wconfig-delete-pop "wconfig" "\
+Replaces current window config with most recently saved config in ring.
+Then deletes this new configuration from the ring." t nil)
+(autoload 'wconfig-ring-save "wconfig" "\
+Saves the current window configuration onto the save ring.
+Use {\\[wconfig-yank-pop]} to restore it at a later time." t nil)
+(autoload 'wconfig-yank-pop "wconfig" "\
+Replaces current window config with prefix arg Nth prior one in save ring.
+Interactively, default value of N = 1, meaning the last saved window
+configuration is displayed.
+The sequence of window configurations wraps around, so that after the oldest
+one comes the newest one." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (rolo-logic) "wrolo-logic" "hyperbole/wrolo-logic.el")
+(autoload 'rolo-logic "wrolo-logic" "\
+Apply FUNC to all entries in optional IN-BUFS, display entries where FUNC is non-nil.
+If IN-BUFS is nil, 'rolo-file-list' is used.  If optional COUNT-ONLY is
+non-nil, don't display entries, return count of matching entries only.  If
+optional INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES flag is non-nil, FUNC will be applied across all
+sub-entries at once.  Default is to apply FUNC to each entry and sub-entry
+separately.  Entries are displayed with all of their sub-entries unless
+INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES is nil and optional NO-SUB-ENTRIES-OUT flag is non-nil.
+FUNC should use the free variables 'start' and 'end' which contain the limits
+of the region on which it should operate.  Returns number of applications of
+FUNC that return non-nil." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (rolo-yank rolo-sort rolo-kill rolo-grep rolo-fgrep rolo-edit rolo-display-matches rolo-add) "wrolo" "hyperbole/wrolo.el")
+(autoload 'rolo-add "wrolo" "\
+Adds a new entry in personal rolodex for NAME.
+Last name first is best, e.g. \"Smith, John\".
+With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to add entry within.
+NAME may be of the form: parent/child to insert child below a parent
+entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
+(autoload 'rolo-display-matches "wrolo" "\
+Display optional DISPLAY-BUF buffer of previously found rolodex matches.
+If DISPLAY-BUF is nil, use the value in 'rolo-display-buffer'.
+Second arg RETURN-TO-BUFFER is the buffer to leave point within after the display." t nil)
+(autoload 'rolo-edit "wrolo" "\
+Edits a rolodex entry given by optional NAME within 'rolo-file-list'.
+With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
+With no NAME arg, simply displays FILE or first entry in 'rolo-file-list' in an
+editable mode.  NAME may be of the form: parent/child to edit child below a
+parent entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
+(autoload 'rolo-fgrep "wrolo" "\
+Display rolodex entries matching STRING.
+To a maximum of optional prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in file(s) from optional
+ROLO-FILE or rolo-file-list.  Default is to find all matching entries.  Each
+entry is displayed with all of its sub-entries.  Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil
+means don't retrieve and don't display matching entries.  Optional NO-DISPLAY
+non-nil means retrieve entries but don't display.
+Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
+but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
+number of entries and omit file headers.
+Returns number of entries matched.  See also documentation for the variable
+rolo-file-list." t nil)
+(autoload 'rolo-grep "wrolo" "\
+Display rolodex entries matching REGEXP.
+To a maximum of prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in buffer(s) from optional ROLO-BUFS or
+rolo-file-list.  Default is to find all matching entries.  Each entry is
+displayed with all of its sub-entries.  Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil means don't
+retrieve and don't display matching entries.  Optional NO-DISPLAY non-nil
+means retrieve entries but don't display.
+Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
+but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
+number of entries and omit file headers.
+Returns number of entries matched.  See also documentation for the variable
+rolo-file-list." t nil)
+(autoload 'rolo-kill "wrolo" "\
+Kills a rolodex entry given by NAME within 'rolo-file-list'.
+With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
+NAME may be of the form: parent/child to kill child below a parent entry
+which begins with the parent string.
+Returns t if entry is killed, nil otherwise." t nil)
+(autoload 'rolo-sort "wrolo" "\
+Sorts up to 14 levels of entries in ROLO-FILE (default is personal rolo).
+Assumes entries are delimited by one or more '*'characters.
+Returns list of number of groupings at each entry level." t nil)
+(autoload 'rolo-yank "wrolo" "\
+Inserts at point the first rolodex entry matching NAME.
+With optional prefix arg, REGEXP-P, treats NAME as a regular expression instead
+of a string." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "iso/iso-acc.el")
+(autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
+Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
+This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
+When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
+\(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
+letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
+You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
+with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
+Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
+~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
+~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
+\"s gives German sharp s.
+/a gives a with ring.
+/e gives an a-e ligature.
+~< and ~> give guillemots.
+~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
+~? gives an inverted question mark.
+With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
+and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (mc-deactivate-passwd mc-install-write-mode mc-install-read-mode) "mailcrypt" "mailcrypt/mailcrypt.el")
+(autoload 'mc-install-read-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-install-write-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-deactivate-passwd "mailcrypt" "\
+*Deactivate the passphrase cache." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (mc-pgp-fetch-key mc-scheme-pgp) "mc-pgp" "mailcrypt/mc-pgp.el")
+(autoload 'mc-scheme-pgp "mc-pgp" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'mc-pgp-fetch-key "mc-pgp" "\
+Attempt to fetch a key for addition to PGP keyring.  Interactively,
+prompt for string matching key to fetch.
+Non-interactively, ID must be a pair.  The CAR must be a bare Email
+address and the CDR a keyID (with \"0x\" prefix).  Either, but not
+both, may be nil.
+Return t if we think we were successful; nil otherwise.  Note that nil
+is not necessarily an error, since we may have merely fired off an Email
+request for the key." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (mc-remailer-insert-response-block mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym) "mc-remail" "mailcrypt/mc-remail.el")
+(autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym "mc-remail" "\
+Insert pseudonym as a From field in the hash-mark header.
+See the documentation for the variable `mc-remailer-pseudonyms' for
+more information." t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain "mc-remail" "\
+Encrypt message for a remailer chain, prompting for chain to use.
+With \\[universal-argument], pause before each encryption." t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-response-block "mc-remail" "\
+Insert response block at point, prompting for chain to use.
+With \\[universal-argument], enter a recursive edit of the innermost
+layer of the block before encrypting it." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (mc-mh-snarf-keys mc-mh-verify-signature mc-mh-decrypt-message mc-gnus-decrypt-message mc-gnus-snarf-keys mc-gnus-verify-signature mc-vm-snarf-keys mc-vm-decrypt-message mc-vm-verify-signature mc-rmail-decrypt-message mc-rmail-verify-signature mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature mc-snarf-keys mc-snarf mc-insert-public-key mc-verify-signature mc-verify mc-sign-message mc-sign mc-decrypt-message mc-decrypt mc-encrypt-message mc-encrypt mc-cleanup-recipient-headers) "mc-toplev" "mailcrypt/mc-toplev.el")
+(autoload 'mc-cleanup-recipient-headers "mc-toplev" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'mc-encrypt "mc-toplev" "\
+*Encrypt the current buffer.
+Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
+With \\[universal-argument], prompt for User ID to sign as.
+With \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], prompt for encryption scheme to use." t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-encrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
+*Encrypt a message for RECIPIENTS using the given encryption SCHEME.
+RECIPIENTS is a comma separated string. If SCHEME is nil, use the value
+of `mc-default-scheme'.  Returns t on success, nil otherwise." nil nil)
+(autoload 'mc-decrypt "mc-toplev" "\
+*Decrypt a message in the current buffer.
+Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
+Decrypt whatever message is in the current buffer.
+Returns a pair (SUCCEEDED . VERIFIED) where SUCCEEDED is t if the encryption
+succeeded and VERIFIED is t if it had a valid signature." nil nil)
+(autoload 'mc-sign "mc-toplev" "\
+*Sign a message in the current buffer.
+Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
+With one prefix arg, prompts for private key to use, with two prefix args,
+also prompts for encryption scheme to use.  With negative prefix arg,
+inhibits clearsigning (pgp)." t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-sign-message "mc-toplev" "\
+Clear sign the message." nil nil)
+(autoload 'mc-verify "mc-toplev" "\
+*Verify a message in the current buffer.
+Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
+*Verify the signature of the signed message in the current buffer.
+Show the result as a message in the minibuffer. Returns t if the signature
+is verified." nil nil)
+(autoload 'mc-insert-public-key "mc-toplev" "\
+*Insert your public key at point.
+With one prefix arg, prompts for user id to use. With two prefix
+args, prompts for encryption scheme." t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-snarf "mc-toplev" "\
+*Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring.
+Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
+*Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring." t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
+*Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
+*Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
+*Adds keys from current message to public key ring" t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-rmail-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
+*Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-rmail-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
+*Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-vm-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
+*Verify the signature in the current VM message" t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-vm-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
+*Decrypt the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-vm-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
+*Snarf public key from the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-gnus-verify-signature "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-gnus-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-gnus-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-mh-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
+Decrypt the contents of the current MH message in the show buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-mh-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
+*Verify the signature in the current MH message." t nil)
+(autoload 'mc-mh-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el")
+(autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
+Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
+This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
+to the MH mail system.
+See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
+(autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
+Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
+This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
+to the MH mail system.  This function does not prompt the user
+for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
+that want to create a mail buffer.
+Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
+(autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
+Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
+This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
+to the MH mail system.
+See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
+(autoload 'mh-letter-mode "mh-comp" "\
+Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
+When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
+using the MH mail handling system.
+See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
+messages.
+\\{mh-letter-mode-map}
+Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
+mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
+If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
+the yanked message.
+mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
+If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
+If `body', just yank the body (no header).
+If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
+If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
+mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
+String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
+inserted in a draft letter.
+mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
+File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
+Upon invoking mh-letter-mode, text-mode-hook and mh-letter-mode-hook are
+invoked with no args, if those values are non-nil." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el")
+(autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-e" "\
+Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
+This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
+to the MH mail system." t nil)
+(autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
+Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el")
+(defvar mh-mime-content-types '(("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg")) "\
+Legal MIME content types.  See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el")
+(put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
+(put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "modes/abbrev.el")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (ada-make-filename-from-adaname ada-mode) "ada-mode" "modes/ada-mode.el")
+(autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
+Ada Mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
+Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
+Indent line                                          '\\[ada-tab]'
+Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
+Re-format the parameter-list point is in             '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
+Indent all lines in region                           '\\[ada-indent-region]'
+Call external pretty printer program                 '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
+Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region    '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
+Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer    '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
+Call EXTERNAL pretty printer (if you have one)       '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
+Fill comment paragraph                               '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph]'
+Fill comment paragraph and justify each line         '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-justify]'
+Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix   '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-postfix]'
+Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]'    Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
+Next package        '\\[ada-next-package]'  Previous package        '\\[ada-previous-package]'
+Goto matching start of current 'end ...;'            '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
+Goto end of current block                            '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
+Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
+Start a comment                                      '\\[indent-for-comment]'
+Comment region                                       '\\[comment-region]'
+Uncomment region                                     '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
+Continue comment on next line                        '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
+If you use imenu.el:
+Display index-menu of functions & procedures         '\\[imenu]'
+If you use find-file.el:
+Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec)                 '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
+or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
+Switch to other file in other window                 '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
+or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
+If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created
+with body stubs.
+If you use ada-xref.el:
+Goto declaration:          '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
+or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
+Complete identifier:       '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'
+Execute Gnatf:             '\\[ada-gnatf-current]'" t nil)
+(autoload 'ada-make-filename-from-adaname "ada-mode" "\
+Determine the filename of a package/procedure from its own Ada name." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "modes/arc-mode.el")
+(autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
+Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
+You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
+Letters no longer insert themselves.
+Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
+or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
+If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
+save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
+archive.
+\\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "modes/asm-mode.el")
+(autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
+Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
+\\[asm-colon]	outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
+\\[tab-to-tab-stop]	tab to next tab stop.
+\\[asm-newline]	newline, then tab to next tab stop.
+\\[asm-comment]	smart placement of assembler comments.
+The character used for making comments is set by the variable
+`asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?;').
+Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
+which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
+Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
+Special commands:
+\\{asm-mode-map}
+" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "modes/awk-mode.el")
+(autoload 'awk-mode "awk-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing AWK code.
+This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments.  It uses
+the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
+indentation.  It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
+Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
+with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "modes/bibtex.el")
+(autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
+Major mode for editing bibtex files.
+\\{bibtex-mode-map}
+A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
+The optional fields start with the string OPT, and thus ignored by BibTeX.
+The OPT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT].
+\\[bibtex-kill-optional-field] kills the current optional field entirely.
+\\[bibtex-remove-double-quotes] removes the double-quotes around the text of
+the current field.  \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current
+field with the default \"\".
+The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. (i) removes
+double-quotes from entirely numerical fields, (ii) removes OPT from all
+non-empty optional fields, (iii) removes all empty optional fields, and (iv)
+checks that no non-optional fields are empty.
+Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the dot at the end of the current field.
+Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
+The following may be of interest as well:
+Functions:
+find-bibtex-duplicates
+find-bibtex-entry-location
+hide-bibtex-entry-bodies
+sort-bibtex-entries
+validate-bibtex-buffer
+Variables:
+bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts
+bibtex-entry-field-alist
+bibtex-include-OPTannote
+bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
+bibtex-include-OPTkey
+bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
+bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields
+Fields:
+address
+Publisher's address
+annote
+Long annotation used for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence)
+author
+Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format
+booktitle
+Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
+For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
+chapter
+Chapter number
+crossref
+	   The database key of the entry being cross referenced.
+edition
+Edition of a book (e.g., \"second\")
+editor
+Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
+If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
+for the book or collection that the work appears in
+howpublished
+How something strange has been published (begins sentence)
+institution
+Sponsoring institution
+journal
+Journal name (macros are provided for many)
+key
+Alphabetizing and labeling key (needed when no author or editor)
+month
+Month (macros are provided)
+note
+To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence)
+number
+Number of a journal or technical report
+organization
+Organization (sponsoring a conference)
+pages
+Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range)
+publisher
+Publisher name
+school
+School name (for theses)
+series
+The name of a series or set of books.
+An individual book will also have its own title
+title
+The title of the thing being referenced
+type
+Type of a technical report (e.g., \"Research Note\") to be used
+instead of the default \"Technical Report\"
+volume
+Volume of a journal or multivolume work
+year
+Year---should contain only numerals
+---------------------------------------------------------
+Entry to this mode calls the value of bibtex-mode-hook if that value is
+non-nil." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (c-set-style java-mode objc-mode c++-mode c-mode) "cc-mode" "modes/cc-mode.el")
+(autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
+To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
+c-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
+information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
+problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
+To see what version of cc-mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
+The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
+bound and has a non-nil value.  Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
+run first.
+Key bindings:
+\\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
+(autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing C++ code.
+To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
+c++-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
+version information already added.  You just need to add a description
+of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
+message.
+To see what version of cc-mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
+The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
+variable is bound and has a non-nil value.  Also the hook
+`c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
+Key bindings:
+\\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
+(autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing Objective C code.
+To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
+objc-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
+version information already added.  You just need to add a description
+of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
+message.
+To see what version of cc-mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
+The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
+is bound and has a non-nil value.  Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
+is run first.
+Key bindings:
+\\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
+(autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing Java code.
+To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
+java-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
+version information already added.  You just need to add a description
+of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
+message.
+To see what version of cc-mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
+The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
+is bound and has a non-nil value.  Also the common hook
+`c-mode-common-hook' is run first.  Note that this mode automatically
+sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
+set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
+Key bindings:
+\\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
+(autoload 'c-set-style "cc-mode" "\
+Set cc-mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
+STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
+styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'.  See that variable
+for details of setting up styles." t nil)
+(fset 'set-c-style           'c-set-style)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "modes/cl-indent.el")
+(autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "modes/cmacexp.el")
+(autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
+Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
+Normally display output in temp buffer, but
+prefix arg means replace the region with it.
+`c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
+Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
+if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
+Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
+For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (eiffel-mode) "eiffel3" "modes/eiffel3.el")
+(autoload 'eiffel-mode "eiffel3" "\
+Major mode for editing Eiffel programs." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) "enriched" "modes/enriched.el")
+(autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
+Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
+These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
+text/enriched format.
+Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
+More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
+etc/enriched.doc  in the Emacs distribution directory.
+Commands:
+\\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
+(autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" nil nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) "executable" "modes/executable.el")
+(autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
+Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
+The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
+`executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
+when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
+executable." t nil)
+(autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
+Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
+The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "modes/f90.el")
+(autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
+Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
+\\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
+\\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
+\\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
+Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
+Key definitions:
+\\{f90-mode-map}
+Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
+f90-do-indent
+Extra indentation within do blocks.  (default 3)
+f90-if-indent
+Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
+f90-type-indent
+Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks.  (default 3)
+f90-program-indent
+Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
+(default 2)
+f90-continuation-indent
+Extra indentation applied to continuation lines.  (default 5)
+f90-comment-region
+String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
+region.  (default \"!!!$\")
+f90-indented-comment-re
+Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
+(default \"!\")
+f90-directive-comment-re
+Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
+(default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
+f90-break-delimiters
+Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
+(default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
+f90-break-before-delimiters
+Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
+(default t)
+f90-beginning-ampersand
+Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
+f90-smart-end
+From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
+Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
+whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
+f90-auto-keyword-case
+Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
+The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
+f90-leave-line-no
+Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
+f90-startup-message
+Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
+f90-keywords-re
+List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
+Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
+with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "modes/follow.el")
+(add-minor-mode 'follow-mode nil 'follow-mode-map)
+(autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
+Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
+(autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
+Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
+(autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
+Minor mode which combines windows into one tall virtual window.
+The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
+of two major techniques:
+* The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
+This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
+others will follow.  (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
+* Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
+window displaying that point is selected, if possible.  This
+makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
+movement commands.
+Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
+side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
+mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
+one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
+and beeing able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
+mileage may vary).
+To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
+`\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
+Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
+If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
+will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
+\(This is the default.)
+When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
+is called.  When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
+Keys specific to Follow mode:
+\\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
+(autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
+Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
+Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
+in the selected window.  All other windows, in the current
+frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
+side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
+two windows always will display two successive pages.
+\(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
+If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected.  If it negative,
+the rightmost is selected.  If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
+selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
+To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
+in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
+(global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "modes/fortran.el")
+(defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
+*Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
+A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
+A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
+with a character in column 6.")
+(autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
+Major mode for editing Fortran code.
+\\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
+DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
+Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
+Key definitions:
+\\{fortran-mode-map}
+Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
+comment-start
+Normally nil in Fortran mode.  If you want to use comments
+starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
+fortran-do-indent
+Extra indentation within do blocks.  (default 3)
+fortran-if-indent
+Extra indentation within if blocks.  (default 3)
+fortran-structure-indent
+Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
+(default 3)
+fortran-continuation-indent
+Extra indentation applied to continuation statements.  (default 5)
+fortran-comment-line-extra-indent
+Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
+fortran-comment-indent-style
+nil    means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
+fixed  means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
+the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
+format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
+(for TAB format continuation style).
+relative  means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
+	      indentation for a line of code.
+(default 'fixed)
+fortran-comment-indent-char
+Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
+full-line comment indentation.  (default \" \")
+fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed
+Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
+fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab
+Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
+fortran-line-number-indent
+Maximum indentation for line numbers.  A line number will get
+less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
+column 5.  (default 1)
+fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do
+Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
+statements.  (default nil)
+fortran-blink-matching-if
+Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
+matching IF.  Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
+statement.  (default nil)
+fortran-continuation-string
+Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
+line.  (default \"$\")
+fortran-comment-region
+String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
+region.  (default \"c$$$\")
+fortran-electric-line-number
+Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
+as typed.  (default t)
+fortran-break-before-delimiters
+Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' breaks lines before delimiters.
+(default t)
+fortran-startup-message
+Set to nil to inhibit message first time Fortran mode is used.
+Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
+with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "modes/hideif.el")
+(add-minor-mode 'hide-ifdef-mode " Ifdef")
+(autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
+Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode.  This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
+With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
+In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
+would eliminate may be hidden from view.  Several variables affect
+how the hiding is done:
+hide-ifdef-env
+	An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
+	current buffer.  Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
+	is used.
+hide-ifdef-define-alist
+	An association list of defined symbol lists.
+Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
+and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
+from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
+hide-ifdef-lines
+	Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
+	#endif lines when hiding.
+hide-ifdef-initially
+	Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
+	is activated.
+hide-ifdef-read-only
+	Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
+	After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
+\\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
+(defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
+*Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
+(defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
+*Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
+(defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
+*Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-block hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "modes/hideshow.el")
+(defvar hs-minor-mode nil "\
+Non-nil if using hideshow mode as a minor mode of some other mode.
+Use the command `hs-minor-mode' to toggle this variable.")
+(autoload 'hs-hide-all "hideshow" "\
+Hides all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
+It moves point to the beginning of the line, and it runs the normal hook
+`hs-hide-hook'.  See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
+(autoload 'hs-hide-block "hideshow" "\
+Selects a block and hides it.  With prefix arg, reposition at end.
+Block is defined as a sexp for lispish modes, mode-specific otherwise.
+Comments are blocks, too.  Upon completion, point is at repositioned and
+the normal hook `hs-hide-hook' is run.  See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
+(autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
+Toggle hideshow minor mode.
+With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
+When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
+commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.  The variables
+`selective-display' and `selective-display-ellipses' are set to t.
+Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc for `run-hooks'.
+Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
+variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands." t nil)
+(add-minor-mode 'hs-minor-mode " hs" 'hs-minor-mode-map)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "modes/icon.el")
+(autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
+Major mode for editing Icon code.
+Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
+Tab indents for Icon code.
+Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
+Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
+\\{icon-mode-map}
+Variables controlling indentation style:
+icon-tab-always-indent
+Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
+regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
+icon-auto-newline
+Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
+inserted in Icon code.
+icon-indent-level
+Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
+The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
+of the line on which the open-brace appears.
+icon-continued-statement-offset
+Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
+then-clause of an if or body of a while.
+icon-continued-brace-offset
+Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
+This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
+icon-brace-offset
+Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
+icon-brace-imaginary-offset
+An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
+this far to the right of the start of its line.
+Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
+with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "modes/imenu.el")
+(defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
+The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
+If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu-create-index-with-pattern'
+to create a buffer index.
+It is an alist with elements that look like this: (MENU-TITLE
+REGEXP INDEX).
+MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
+entries are not nested.
+REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
+to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
+etc.  It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
+menu.  See the info section on Regexps for more information.
+INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
+function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
+For emacs-lisp-mode for example PATTERN would look like:
+'((nil \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(un\\\\|subst\\\\|macro\\\\|advice\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
+(\"*Vars*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(var\\\\|const\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
+(\"*Types*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(type\\\\|struct\\\\|class\\\\|ine-condition\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2))
+The variable is buffer-local.")
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
+(autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
+Adds an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
+NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
+See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
+(autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
+Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
+See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' for more information." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (ksh-mode) "ksh-mode" "modes/ksh-mode.el")
+(autoload 'ksh-mode "ksh-mode" "\
+ksh-mode $Revision: 1.3 $ - Major mode for editing (Bourne, Korn or Bourne again)
+shell scripts.
+Special key bindings and commands:
+\\{ksh-mode-map}
+Variables controlling indentation style:
+ksh-indent
+Indentation of ksh statements with respect to containing block.
+Default value is 2.
+ksh-case-indent
+Additional indentation for statements under case items.
+Default value is nil which will align the statements one position
+past the \")\" of the pattern.
+ksh-case-item-offset
+Additional indentation for case items within a case statement.
+Default value is 2.
+ksh-group-offset
+Additional indentation for keywords \"do\" and \"then\".
+Default value is -2.
+ksh-brace-offset
+Additional indentation of \"{\" under functions or brace groupings.
+Default value is 0.
+ksh-multiline-offset
+Additional indentation of line that is preceded of a line ending with a
+\\ to make it continue on next line.
+ksh-tab-always-indent
+Controls the operation of the TAB key. If t (the default), always
+reindent the current line.  If nil, indent the current line only if
+point is at the left margin or in the line's indentation; otherwise
+insert a tab.
+ksh-match-and-tell
+If non-nil echo in the minibuffer the matching compound command
+for the \"done\", \"}\", \"fi\", or \"esac\". Default value is t.
+ksh-align-to-keyword
+Controls whether nested constructs align from the keyword or
+the current indentation. If non-nil, indentation will be relative to
+the column the keyword starts. If nil, indentation will be relative to
+the current indentation of the line the keyword is on.
+The default value is non-nil.
+ksh-comment-regexp
+Regular expression used to recognize comments. Customize to support
+ksh-like languages. Default value is \"\\s *#\".
+Style Guide.
+By setting
+(setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
+(setq ksh-group-offset 0)
+The following style is obtained:
+if [ -z $foo ]
+	    then
+		    bar    # <-- ksh-group-offset is additive to ksh-indent
+		    foo
+fi
+By setting
+(setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
+(setq ksh-group-offset (- 0 ksh-indent))
+The following style is obtained:
+if [ -z $foo ]
+then
+	    bar
+	    foo
+fi
+By setting
+(setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
+(setq ksh-case-indent nil)
+The following style is obtained:
+case x in *
+foo) bar           # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
+baz;;         # <-- ksh-case-indent aligns with \")\"
+foobar) foo
+bar;;
+esac
+By setting
+(setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
+(setq ksh-case-indent 6)
+The following style is obtained:
+case x in *
+foo) bar           # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
+baz;;        # <-- ksh-case-indent
+foobar) foo
+bar;;
+esac
+Installation:
+(setq ksh-mode-hook
+(function (lambda ()
+(font-lock-mode 1)             ;; font-lock the buffer
+(setq ksh-indent 8)
+	 (setq ksh-group-offset -8)
+	 (setq ksh-brace-offset -8)
+(setq ksh-tab-always-indent t)
+(setq ksh-match-and-tell t)
+(setq ksh-align-to-keyword t)	;; Turn on keyword alignment
+	 )))" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "modes/m4-mode.el")
+(autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
+A major-mode to edit m4 macro files
+\\{m4-mode-map}
+" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-alias build-mail-aliases mail-aliases-setup) "mail-abbrevs" "modes/mail-abbrevs.el")
+(defvar mail-abbrev-mailrc-file nil "\
+Name of file with mail aliases.   If nil, ~/.mailrc is used.")
+(defvar mail-aliases nil "\
+Word-abbrev table of mail address aliases.
+If this is nil, it means the aliases have not yet been initialized and
+should be read from the .mailrc file.  (This is distinct from there being
+no aliases, which is represented by this being a table with no entries.)")
+(autoload 'mail-aliases-setup "mail-abbrevs" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'build-mail-aliases "mail-abbrevs" "\
+Read mail aliases from .mailrc and set mail-aliases." nil nil)
+(autoload 'define-mail-alias "mail-abbrevs" "\
+Define NAME as a mail-alias that translates to DEFINITION.
+If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "modes/make-mode.el")
+(autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing Makefiles.
+This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
+\\{makefile-mode-map}
+In the browser, use the following keys:
+\\{makefile-browser-map}
+Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
+makefile-browser-buffer-name:
+Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
+makefile-target-colon:
+The string that gets appended to all target names
+inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
+\":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
+makefile-macro-assign:
+The string that gets appended to all macro names
+inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
+The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
+standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
+allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
+might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
+makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
+If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
+target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
+makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
+Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
+makefile-browser-cursor-column:
+Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
+up or down in the browser.
+makefile-browser-selected-mark:
+String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
+makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
+String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
+makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
+If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
+will automagically advance to the next line after an item
+has been selected in the browser.
+makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
+If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
+`makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
+(i.e. it calls `makefile-find-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
+filenames are omitted.
+makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
+If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
+will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
+(the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
+This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
+the backslash itself intact.
+IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
+to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
+makefile-browser-hook:
+A function or list of functions to be called just before the
+browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
+makefile-special-targets-list:
+List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
+on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
+at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "modes/modula2.el")
+(autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
+This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
+All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
+followed by the first character of the construct.
+\\<m2-mode-map>
+\\[m2-begin] begin         \\[m2-case] case
+\\[m2-definition] definition    \\[m2-else] else
+\\[m2-for] for           \\[m2-header] header
+\\[m2-if] if            \\[m2-module] module
+\\[m2-loop] loop          \\[m2-or] or
+\\[m2-procedure] procedure     Control-c Control-w with
+\\[m2-record] record        \\[m2-stdio] stdio
+\\[m2-type] type          \\[m2-until] until
+\\[m2-var] var           \\[m2-while] while
+\\[m2-export] export        \\[m2-import] import
+\\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
+\\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs     \\[m2-toggle] toggle
+\\[m2-compile] compile           \\[m2-next-error] next-error
+\\[m2-link] link
+`m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
+`m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
+`m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (electric-nroff-mode nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "modes/nroff-mode.el")
+(autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
+\\{nroff-mode-map}
+Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
+Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
+closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
+(autoload 'electric-nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
+Toggle `nroff-electric-newline' minor mode.
+`nroff-electric-newline' forces Emacs to check for an nroff request at the
+beginning of the line, and insert the matching closing request if necessary.
+This command toggles that mode (off->on, on->off), with an argument,
+turns it on iff arg is positive, otherwise off." t nil)
+(defvar nroff-electric-mode nil "\
+Non-nil if in electric-nroff minor mode.")
+(add-minor-mode 'nroff-electric-mode " Electric" nil nil 'electric-nroff-mode)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (outl-mouse-minor-mode outl-mouse-mode) "outl-mouse" "modes/outl-mouse.el")
+(autoload 'outl-mouse-mode "outl-mouse" "\
+Calls outline-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
+(autoload 'outl-mouse-minor-mode "outl-mouse" "\
+Toggles outline-minor-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "modes/outline.el")
+(defvar outline-minor-mode nil "\
+Non-nil if using Outline mode as a minor mode of some other mode.")
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'outline-minor-mode)
+(put 'outline-minor-mode 'permanent-local t)
+(add-minor-mode 'outline-minor-mode " Outl")
+(autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
+Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
+Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
+two for subheadings, etc.  Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
+Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
+invisible, or visible again.  Invisible lines are attached to the end
+of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
+back.  A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
+Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
+\\[outline-next-visible-heading]   outline-next-visible-heading      move by visible headings
+\\[outline-previous-visible-heading]   outline-previous-visible-heading
+\\[outline-forward-same-level]   outline-forward-same-level        similar but skip subheadings
+\\[outline-backward-same-level]   outline-backward-same-level
+\\[outline-up-heading]   outline-up-heading		    move from subheading to heading
+\\[hide-body]	make all text invisible (not headings).
+\\[show-all]	make everything in buffer visible.
+The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
+They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
+\\[hide-subtree]   hide-subtree	make body and subheadings invisible.
+\\[show-subtree]   show-subtree	make body and subheadings visible.
+\\[show-children]   show-children	make direct subheadings visible.
+		 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
+		 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
+\\[hide-entry]	   make immediately following body invisible.
+\\[show-entry]	   make it visible.
+\\[hide-leaves]	   make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
+		     The subheadings remain visible.
+\\[show-branches]  make all subheadings at all levels visible.
+The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
+A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
+beginning of the line.  The longer the match, the deeper the level.
+Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
+`outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
+(autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
+Toggle Outline minor mode.
+With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
+See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "modes/pascal.el")
+(autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
+Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
+TAB indents for Pascal code.  Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
+\\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
+\\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
+Other useful functions are:
+\\[pascal-mark-defun]	- Mark function.
+\\[pascal-insert-block]	- insert begin ... end;
+\\[pascal-star-comment]	- insert (* ... *)
+\\[pascal-comment-area]	- Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
+\\[pascal-uncomment-area]	- Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
+\\[pascal-beg-of-defun]	- Move to beginning of current function.
+\\[pascal-end-of-defun]	- Move to end of current function.
+\\[pascal-goto-defun]	- Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
+\\[pascal-outline]	- Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
+Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
+pascal-indent-level      (default 3)
+Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
+pascal-case-indent       (default 2)
+Indentation for case statements.
+pascal-auto-newline      (default nil)
+Non-nil means automatically newline after simcolons and the punctation mark
+after an end.
+pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
+Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
+regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
+pascal-auto-endcomments  (default t)
+Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
+functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
+pascal-auto-lineup       (default t)
+List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s hould be done.
+See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
+pascal-separator-keywords.
+Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
+no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "modes/perl-mode.el")
+(autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing Perl code.
+Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
+Tab indents for Perl code.
+Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
+Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
+Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
+\\{perl-mode-map}
+Variables controlling indentation style:
+perl-tab-always-indent
+Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
+regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
+perl-tab-to-comment
+Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
+either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
+to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
+perl-nochange
+Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
+perl-indent-level
+Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
+The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
+of the line on which the open-brace appears.
+perl-continued-statement-offset
+Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
+then-clause of an if or body of a while.
+perl-continued-brace-offset
+Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
+This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
+perl-brace-offset
+Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
+perl-brace-imaginary-offset
+An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
+this far to the right of the start of its line.
+perl-label-offset
+Extra indentation for line that is a label.
+Various indentation styles:       K&R  BSD  BLK  GNU  LW
+perl-indent-level                5    8    0    2    4
+perl-continued-statement-offset  5    8    4    2    4
+perl-continued-brace-offset      0    0    0    0   -4
+perl-brace-offset               -5   -8    0    0    0
+perl-brace-imaginary-offset      0    0    4    0    0
+perl-label-offset               -5   -8   -2   -2   -2
+Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "modes/picture.el")
+(autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
+Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
+Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
+afterwards settable by these commands:
+C-c <	  Move left after insertion.
+C-c >	  Move right after insertion.
+C-c ^	  Move up after insertion.
+C-c .	  Move down after insertion.
+C-c `	  Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
+C-c '	  Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
+C-c /	  Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
+C-c \\   Move southeast (se) after insertion.
+The current direction is displayed in the modeline.  The initial
+direction is right.  Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
+spaces when required by movement.  You can move around in the buffer
+with these commands:
+\\[picture-move-down]	  Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
+\\[picture-move-up]	  Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
+\\[picture-end-of-line]	  Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
+\\[picture-forward-column]	  Move right inserting spaces if required.
+\\[picture-backward-column]	  Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
+C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
+C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
+Return  Move to beginning of next line.
+You can edit tabular text with these commands:
+M-Tab	  Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
+	    `Indents' relative to a previous line.
+Tab	  Move to next stop in tab stop list.
+C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
+	    With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
+	    See also documentation of variable	picture-tab-chars
+	    which defines \"interesting character\".  You can manually
+	    change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
+You can manipulate text with these commands:
+C-d	  Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
+C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
+\\[picture-backward-clear-column]  Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
+\\[picture-clear-line]	  Clear ARG lines, advancing over them.	 The cleared
+	    text is saved in the kill ring.
+\\[picture-open-line]	  Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
+You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
+C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
+C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
+C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
+C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
+\\[copy-rectangle-to-register]   Copies a rectangle to a register.
+\\[advertised-undo]   Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
+	    commands if invoked soon enough.
+You can return to the previous mode with:
+C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
+	    Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
+Entry to this mode calls the value of  picture-mode-hook  if non-nil.
+Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
+they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
+(defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (postscript-mode) "postscript" "modes/postscript.el")
+(autoload 'postscript-mode "postscript" "\
+Major mode for editing PostScript files.
+\\[ps-execute-buffer] will send the contents of the buffer to the NeWS
+server using psh(1).  \\[ps-execute-region] sends the current region.
+\\[ps-shell] starts an interactive psh(1) window which will be used for
+subsequent \\[ps-execute-buffer] or \\[ps-execute-region] commands.
+In this mode, TAB and \\[indent-region] attempt to indent code
+based on the position of {}, [], and begin/end pairs.  The variable
+ps-indent-level controls the amount of indentation used inside
+arrays and begin/end pairs.
+\\{ps-mode-map}
+\\[postscript-mode] calls the value of the variable postscript-mode-hook
+with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog inferior-prolog-mode prolog-mode) "prolog" "modes/prolog.el")
+(autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
+Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
+Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs.  `%'s start comments.
+Commands:
+\\{prolog-mode-map}
+Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
+if that value is non-nil." t nil)
+(autoload 'inferior-prolog-mode "prolog" "\
+Major mode for interacting with an inferior Prolog process.
+The following commands are available:
+\\{inferior-prolog-mode-map}
+Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' with no arguments,
+if that value is non-nil.  Likewise with the value of `comint-mode-hook'.
+`prolog-mode-hook' is called after `comint-mode-hook'.
+You can send text to the inferior Prolog from other buffers
+using the commands `send-region', `send-string' and \\[prolog-consult-region].
+Commands:
+Tab indents for Prolog; with argument, shifts rest
+of expression rigidly with the current line.
+Paragraphs are separated only by blank lines and '%%'.
+'%'s start comments.
+Return at end of buffer sends line as input.
+Return not at end copies rest of line to end and sends it.
+\\[comint-kill-input] and \\[backward-kill-word] are kill commands, imitating normal Unix input editing.
+\\[comint-interrupt-subjob] interrupts the shell or its current subjob if any.
+\\[comint-stop-subjob] stops. \\[comint-quit-subjob] sends quit signal." t nil)
+(autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
+Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (py-shell python-mode) "python-mode" "modes/python-mode.el")
+(eval-when-compile (condition-case nil (progn (require 'cl) (require 'imenu)) (error nil)))
+(autoload 'python-mode "python-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing Python files.
+To submit a problem report, enter `\\[py-submit-bug-report]' from a
+`python-mode' buffer.  Do `\\[py-describe-mode]' for detailed
+documentation.  To see what version of `python-mode' you are running,
+enter `\\[py-version]'.
+This mode knows about Python indentation, tokens, comments and
+continuation lines.  Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
+COMMANDS
+\\{py-mode-map}
+VARIABLES
+py-indent-offset		indentation increment
+py-block-comment-prefix		comment string used by comment-region
+py-python-command		shell command to invoke Python interpreter
+py-scroll-process-buffer		always scroll Python process buffer
+py-temp-directory		directory used for temp files (if needed)
+py-beep-if-tab-change		ring the bell if tab-width is changed" t nil)
+(autoload 'py-shell "python-mode" "\
+Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
+This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
+instead of a shell.  See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
+sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
+bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
+See the docs for variable `py-scroll-buffer' for info on scrolling
+behavior in the process window.
+Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
+sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
+prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line.  `python-mode' can't
+distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
+at the start of a line is a prompt from Python.  Similarly, the Emacs
+Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
+line are Python prompts.  Bad things can happen if you fool either
+mode.
+Warning:  If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
+buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
+changes.  Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
+be lost if you do.  This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
+interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
+non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
+filter." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (rexx-mode) "rexx-mode" "modes/rexx-mode.el")
+(autoload 'rexx-mode "rexx-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing REXX code.
+\\{rexx-mode-map}
+Variables controlling indentation style:
+rexx-indent
+	The basic indentation for do-blocks.
+rexx-end-indent
+	The relative offset of the \"end\" statement. 0 places it in the
+	same column as the statements of the block. Setting it to the same
+	value as rexx-indent places the \"end\" under the do-line.
+rexx-cont-indent
+	The indention for lines following \"then\", \"else\" and \",\"
+	(continued) lines.
+rexx-tab-always-indent
+	Non-nil means TAB in REXX mode should always reindent the current
+	line, regardless of where in the line the point is when the TAB
+	command is used.
+If you have set rexx-end-indent to a nonzero value, you probably want to
+remap RETURN to rexx-indent-newline-indent. It makes sure that lines
+indents correctly when you press RETURN.
+An extensive abbrevation table consisting of all the keywords of REXX are
+supplied. Expanded keywords are converted into upper case making it
+easier to distinguish them. To use this feature the buffer must be in
+abbrev-mode. (See example below.)
+Turning on REXX mode calls the value of the variable rexx-mode-hook with
+no args, if that value is non-nil.
+For example:
+\(setq rexx-mode-hook '(lambda ()
+			(setq rexx-indent 4)
+			(setq rexx-end-indent 4)
+			(setq rexx-cont-indent 4)
+			(local-set-key \"\\C-m\" 'rexx-indent-newline-indent)
+			(abbrev-mode 1)
+			))
+will make the END aligned with the DO/SELECT. It will indent blocks and
+IF-statenents four steps and make sure that the END jumps into the
+correct position when RETURN is pressed. Finaly it will use the abbrev
+table to convert all REXX keywords into upper case." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-minibuf" "modes/rsz-minibuf.el")
+(defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
+*If non-`nil', resize the minibuffer so its entire contents are visible.")
+(defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
+*Maximum size the minibuffer window is allowed to become.
+If less than 1 or not a number, the limit is the height of the frame in
+which the active minibuffer window resides.")
+(defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
+*If non-`nil', make minibuffer exactly the size needed to display all its contents.
+Otherwise, the minibuffer window can temporarily increase in size but
+never get smaller while it is active.")
+(defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
+*If non-`nil' and the active minibuffer is the sole window in its frame, allow changing the frame height.")
+(defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
+*Maximum size the minibuffer frame is allowed to become.
+If less than 1 or not a number, there is no limit.")
+(defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly nil "\
+*If non-`nil', make minibuffer frame exactly the size needed to display all its contents.
+Otherwise, the minibuffer frame can temporarily increase in size but
+never get smaller while it is active.")
+(autoload 'resize-minibuffer-mode "rsz-minibuf" "\
+Enable or disable resize-minibuffer mode.
+A negative prefix argument disables this mode.  A positive argument or
+argument of 0 enables it.
+When this minor mode is enabled, the minibuffer is dynamically resized to
+contain the entire region of text put in it as you type.
+The variable `resize-minibuffer-mode' is set to t or nil depending on
+whether this mode is active or not.
+The maximum height to which the minibuffer can grow is controlled by the
+variable `resize-minibuffer-window-max-height'.
+The variable `resize-minibuffer-window-exactly' determines whether the
+minibuffer window should ever be shrunk to make it no larger than needed to
+display its contents.
+When using a window system, it is possible for a minibuffer to tbe the sole
+window in a frame.  Since that window is already its maximum size, the only
+way to make more text visible at once is to increase the size of the frame.
+The variable `resize-minibuffer-frame' controls whether this should be
+done.  The variables `resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height' and
+`resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly' are analogous to their window
+counterparts." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (scheme-mode) "scheme" "modes/scheme.el")
+(autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
+Major mode for editing Scheme code.
+Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
+In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
+commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
+the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
+modeline of all Scheme buffers.  The names of commands that interact
+with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\".  For more information
+see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
+Commands:
+Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
+Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
+\\{scheme-mode-map}
+Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
+if that value is non-nil." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "modes/scribe.el")
+(autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
+Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
+Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
+\\{scribe-mode-map}
+Interesting variables:
+scribe-fancy-paragraphs
+Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
+scribe-electric-quote
+Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
+scribe-electric-parenthesis
+Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
+automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode) "sendmail" "modes/sendmail.el")
+(defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
+*Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
+If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
+	king@grassland.com
+If `parens', they look like:
+	king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
+If `angles', they look like:
+	Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
+(defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
+Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
+This is done when the message is initialized,
+so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
+(defvar mail-interactive nil "\
+Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
+nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
+(defvar mail-dir nil "\
+*Default directory for saving messages.")
+(defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Sender:" "References:" "Return-Path:" "Received:" "[^: 	\n]*Message-ID:" "Errors-To:" "Path:" "Expires:" "Xref:" "Lines:" "Approved:" "Distribution:" "Content-Length:" "Mime-Version:" "Content-Type:" "Content-Transfer-Encoding:" "X400-Received:" "X400-Originator:" "X400-Mts-Identifier:" "X400-Content-Type:" "Content-Identifier:" "Status:" "Summary-Line:" "X-Attribution:" "Via:" "Sent-Via:" "Mail-From:" "Origin:" "Comments:" "Originator:" "NF-ID:" "NF-From:" "Posting-Version:" "Posted:" "Posted-Date:" "Date-Received:" "Relay-Version:" "Article-I\\.D\\.:" "NNTP-Version:" "NNTP-Posting-Host:" "X-Mailer:" "X-Newsreader:" "News-Software:" "X-Received:" "X-References:" "X-Envelope-To:" "X-VMS-" "Remailed-" "X-Plantation:" "X-Windows:" "X-Pgp-") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
+*Gubbish header fields one would rather not see.")
+(defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat rmail-ignored-headers "\\|" "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Resent-To:" "Resent-By:" "Resent-CC:" "To:" "Subject:" "In-Reply-To:") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
+Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
+(defvar send-mail-function 'sendmail-send-it "\
+Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
+The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents
+match the variable `mail-header-separator'.")
+(defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
+*Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
+(defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
+*Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
+This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
+(defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
+*Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
+If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
+when you first send mail.")
+(defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
+*If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
+This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
+feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
+This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
+(defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
+*Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
+nil means use indentation.")
+(defvar mail-signature nil "\
+*Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
+If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.")
+(autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
+Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
+Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
+C-c C-s  mail-send (send the message)    C-c C-c  mail-send-and-exit
+C-c C-f  move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
+	 C-c C-f C-t  move to To:	C-c C-f C-s  move to Subj:
+	 C-c C-f C-b  move to BCC:	C-c C-f C-c  move to CC:
+	 C-c C-f C-f  move to FCC:	C-c C-f C-r  move to Reply-To:
+C-c C-t  mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
+C-c C-w  mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
+C-c C-y  mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
+C-c C-q  mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
+C-c C-v  mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
+(autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
+Edit a message to be sent.  Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
+When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
+The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
+Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
+end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
+\\<mail-mode-map>
+While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
+Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
+to move to message header fields:
+\\{mail-mode-map}
+The variable `mail-signature' controls whether the signature file
+`mail-signature-file' is inserted immediately.
+If `mail-signature' is nil, use \\[mail-signature] to insert the
+signature in `mail-signature-file'.
+If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
+when the message is initialized.
+If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
+a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
+If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
+is inserted.
+The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
+initialized.  It can add more default fields to the message.
+When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
+not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
+The second through fifth arguments,
+TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
+the initial contents of those header fields.
+These arguments should not have final newlines.
+The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer whose contents
+should be yanked if the user types C-c C-y.
+The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
+if/when the message is sent.  Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
+when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
+This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
+(autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
+Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
+(autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
+Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
+(define-key ctl-x-map "m" 'mail)
+(define-key ctl-x-4-map "m" 'mail-other-window)
+(define-key ctl-x-5-map "m" 'mail-other-frame)
+(add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "modes/sh-script.el")
+(put 'sh-mode 'mode-class 'special)
+(autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
+Major mode for editing shell scripts.
+This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
+as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
+Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
+assumed.  Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
+This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
+means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature').  This
+mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
+shell-specific features.
+The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
+The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used.  The
+following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
+\\[sh-case]	 case statement
+\\[sh-for]	 for loop
+\\[sh-function]	 function definition
+\\[sh-if]	 if statement
+\\[sh-indexed-loop]	 indexed loop from 1 to n
+\\[sh-while-getopts]	 while getopts loop
+\\[sh-repeat]	 repeat loop
+\\[sh-select]	 select loop
+\\[sh-until]	 until loop
+\\[sh-while]	 while loop
+\\[backward-delete-char-untabify]	 Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
+\\[sh-newline-and-indent]	 Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
+\\[sh-end-of-command]	 Go to end of successive commands.
+\\[sh-beginning-of-command]	 Go to beginning of successive commands.
+\\[sh-set-shell]	 Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
+\\[sh-execute-region]	 Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
+\\[sh-maybe-here-document]	 Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
+{, (, [, ', \", `
+	Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
+If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
+set `sh-shell-file' accordingly.  If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
+indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
+If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
+with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
+(defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" "modes/tcl.el")
+(autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
+Major mode for editing Tcl code.
+Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
+Tab indents for Tcl code.
+Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
+Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
+Variables controlling indentation style:
+tcl-indent-level
+Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
+tcl-continued-indent-level
+Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
+Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
+documentation for details):
+tcl-tab-always-indent
+Controls action of TAB key.
+tcl-auto-newline
+Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
+and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
+tcl-electric-hash-style
+Controls action of `#' key.
+tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
+If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
+This variable is only used in GNU Emacs 19.
+tcl-use-smart-word-finder
+If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
+word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
+Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
+with no args, if that value is non-nil.  Read the documentation for
+`tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
+already exist.
+Commands:
+\\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
+(autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
+Run inferior Tcl process.
+Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
+See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
+(autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
+Get help on Tcl command.  Default is word at point.
+Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (latex-mode plain-tex-mode tex-mode) "tex-mode" "modes/tex-mode.el")
+(autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
+Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
+this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls plain-tex-mode,
+latex-mode, or slitex-mode, respectively.  If it cannot be determined,
+such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of tex-default-mode
+is used." t nil)
+(fset 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
+(fset 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
+(autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
+Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
+Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
+and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
+Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
+copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
+running TeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
+\\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
+\\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
+\\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
+\\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
+Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
+mismatched $'s or braces.
+Special commands:
+\\{tex-mode-map}
+Mode variables:
+tex-run-command
+	Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
+tex-directory
+	Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
+	run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
+tex-dvi-print-command
+	Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
+tex-alt-dvi-print-command
+	Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
+	argument) to print a .dvi file.
+tex-dvi-view-command
+	Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
+tex-show-queue-command
+	Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
+	queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
+Entering Plain-tex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
+tex-mode-hook, and then the value of plain-tex-mode-hook.  When the special
+subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
+(fset 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
+(autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
+Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
+Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
+and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
+Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
+copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
+running LaTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
+\\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
+\\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
+\\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
+\\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
+Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
+mismatched $'s or braces.
+Special commands:
+\\{tex-mode-map}
+Mode variables:
+latex-run-command
+	Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
+tex-directory
+	Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
+	run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
+tex-dvi-print-command
+	Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
+tex-alt-dvi-print-command
+	Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
+	argument) to print a .dvi file.
+tex-dvi-view-command
+	Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
+tex-show-queue-command
+	Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
+	queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
+Entering Latex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
+tex-mode-hook, and then the value of latex-mode-hook.  When the special
+subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "modes/texinfo.el")
+(autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
+Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
+It has these extra commands:
+\\{texinfo-mode-map}
+These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
+and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
+the `makeinfo' program.  These files must be written in a very restricted and
+modified version of TeX input format.
+Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
+set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups.  To see
+what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
+use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
+You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
+This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
+lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
+These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
+In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
+use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
+in the Texinfo file.
+In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
+frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer.  You can use these
+commands to save keystrokes.  And you can insert balanced braces with
+\\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
+move forward past the closing brace.
+Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
+updating menus and node pointers.  These functions
+* insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
+* insert or update the menu for a section, and
+* create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
+Here are the functions:
+texinfo-update-node                \\[texinfo-update-node]
+texinfo-every-node-update          \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
+texinfo-sequential-node-update
+texinfo-make-menu                  \\[texinfo-make-menu]
+texinfo-all-menus-update           \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
+texinfo-master-menu
+texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
+The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
+which menu descriptions are indented.
+Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
+`texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
+in the region.
+To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
+hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
+Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
+`@chapter' or `@section' line.
+If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
+be the first node in the file.
+Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
+value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (tc-recenter tc-scroll-down tc-scroll-up tc-scroll-line tc-associated-buffer tc-merge tc-dissociate tc-split tc-associate-buffer tc-two-columns) "two-column" "modes/two-column.el")
+(defvar tc-mode-map nil "\
+Keymap for commands for two-column mode.")
+(if tc-mode-map nil (setq tc-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) (define-key tc-mode-map "1" 'tc-merge) (define-key tc-mode-map "2" 'tc-two-columns) (define-key tc-mode-map "b" 'tc-associate-buffer) (define-key tc-mode-map "d" 'tc-dissociate) (define-key tc-mode-map "\^L" 'tc-recenter) (define-key tc-mode-map "o" 'tc-associated-buffer) (define-key tc-mode-map "s" 'tc-split) (define-key tc-mode-map "{" 'shrink-window-horizontally) (define-key tc-mode-map "}" 'enlarge-window-horizontally) (define-key tc-mode-map " " 'tc-scroll-up) (define-key tc-mode-map "" 'tc-scroll-down) (define-key tc-mode-map "
+" 'tc-scroll-line))
+(global-set-key "6" tc-mode-map)
+(defvar tc-other nil "\
+Marker to the associated buffer, if non-nil.")
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'tc-other)
+(put 'tc-other 'permanent-local t)
+(autoload 'tc-two-columns "two-column" "\
+Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
+When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
+buffer.  Both buffers are put in two-column minor mode and
+tc-mode-hook gets called on both.  These buffers remember
+about one another, even when renamed.
+When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
+first and the associated buffer to it's right.
+If you include long lines, i.e which will span both columns (eg.
+source code), they should be in what will be the first column, with
+the associated buffer having empty lines next to them.
+You have the following commands at your disposal:
+\\[tc-two-columns]   Rearrange screen
+\\[tc-associate-buffer]   Reassociate buffer after changing major mode
+\\[tc-scroll-up]   Scroll both buffers up by a screenfull
+\\[tc-scroll-down]   Scroll both buffers down by a screenful
+\\[tc-scroll-line]   Scroll both buffers up by one or more lines
+\\[tc-recenter]   Recenter and realign other buffer
+\\[shrink-window-horizontally], \\[enlarge-window-horizontally]   Shrink, enlarge current column
+\\[tc-associated-buffer]   Switch to associated buffer
+\\[tc-merge]   Merge both buffers
+These keybindings can be customized in your ~/.emacs by `tc-prefix'
+and `tc-mode-map'.
+The appearance of the screen can be customized by the variables
+`tc-window-width', `tc-beyond-fill-column',
+`tc-mode-line-format' and `truncate-partial-width-windows'." t nil)
+(add-minor-mode 'tc-other " 2C" nil nil 'tc-two-columns)
+(autoload 'tc-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
+Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
+Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
+accepting the proposed default buffer.
+See  \\[tc-two-columns]  and  `lisp/two-column.el'  for further details." t nil)
+(autoload 'tc-split "two-column" "\
+Unmerge a two-column text into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
+The text is unmerged at the cursor's column which becomes the local
+value of `tc-window-width'.  Only lines that have the ARG same
+preceding characters at that column get split.  The ARG preceding
+characters without any leading whitespace become the local value for
+`tc-separator'.  This way lines that continue across both
+columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
+This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things as
+you like them.  You write the first line of each column with the
+separator you like and then unmerge that line.  E.g.:
+First column's text    sSs  Second columns text
+		       \\___/\\
+			/    \\
+5 character Separator      You type  M-5 \\[tc-split]  with the point here
+See  \\[tc-two-columns]  and  `lisp/two-column.el'  for further details." t nil)
+(autoload 'tc-dissociate "two-column" "\
+Turn off two-column minor mode in current and associated buffer.
+If the associated buffer is unmodified and empty, it is killed." t nil)
+(autoload 'tc-merge "two-column" "\
+Merges the associated buffer with the current buffer.
+They get merged at the column, which is the value of
+`tc-window-width', i.e. usually at the vertical window
+separator.  This separator gets replaced with white space.  Beyond
+that the value of gets inserted on merged lines.  The two columns are
+thus pasted side by side, in a single text.  If the other buffer is
+not displayed to the left of this one, then this one becomes the left
+column.
+If you want `tc-separator' on empty lines in the second column,
+you should put just one space in them.  In the final result, you can strip
+off trailing spaces with \\[beginning-of-buffer] \\[replace-regexp] [ SPC TAB ] + $ RET RET" t nil)
+(autoload 'tc-associated-buffer "two-column" "\
+Switch to associated buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'tc-scroll-line "two-column" "\
+Scroll current window upward by ARG lines.
+The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
+(autoload 'tc-scroll-up "two-column" "\
+Scroll current window upward by ARG screens.
+The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
+(autoload 'tc-scroll-down "two-column" "\
+Scroll current window downward by ARG screens.
+The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
+(autoload 'tc-recenter "two-column" "\
+Center point in window.  With ARG, put point on line ARG.
+This counts from bottom if ARG is negative.  The associated window
+gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "modes/vhdl-mode.el")
+(autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing VHDL code.
+vhdl-mode $Revision: 1.3 $
+To submit a problem report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' from a
+vhdl-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
+information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
+problem, including a reproducable test case and send the message.
+Note that the details of configuring vhdl-mode will soon be moved to the
+accompanying texinfo manual.  Until then, please read the README file
+that came with the vhdl-mode distribution.
+The hook variable `vhdl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
+bound and has a non-nil value.
+Key bindings:
+\\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (auto-view-mode view-major-mode view-mode view-minor-mode view-buffer-other-window view-file-other-window view-buffer view-file) "view-less" "modes/view-less.el")
+(autoload 'view-file "view-less" "\
+Find FILE, enter view mode.  With prefix arg OTHER-P, use other window." t nil)
+(autoload 'view-buffer "view-less" "\
+Switch to BUF, enter view mode.  With prefix arg use other window." t nil)
+(autoload 'view-file-other-window "view-less" "\
+Find FILE in other window, and enter view mode." t nil)
+(autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view-less" "\
+Switch to BUFFER in another window, and enter view mode." t nil)
+(autoload 'view-minor-mode "view-less" "\
+Minor mode for viewing text, with bindings like `less'.
+Commands are:
+\\<view-minor-mode-map>
+0..9	prefix args
+-	prefix minus
+\\[scroll-up]	page forward
+\\[scroll-down]	page back
+\\[view-scroll-lines-up]	scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 1.
+\\[view-scroll-lines-down]	scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 1.
+\\[view-scroll-some-lines-down]	scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 10.
+\\[view-scroll-some-lines-up]	scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 10.
+\\[what-line]	print line number
+\\[view-mode-describe]	print this help message
+\\[view-search-forward]	regexp search, uses previous string if you just hit RET
+\\[view-search-backward]	as above but searches backward
+\\[view-repeat-search]	repeat last search
+\\[view-goto-line]	goto line prefix-arg, default 1
+\\[view-last-windowful]	goto line prefix-arg, default last line
+\\[view-goto-percent]	goto a position by percentage
+\\[toggle-truncate-lines]	toggle truncate-lines
+\\[view-file]	view another file
+\\[view-buffer]	view another buffer
+\\[view-cleanup-backspaces]	cleanup backspace constructions
+\\[shell-command]	execute a shell command
+\\[shell-command-on-region]	execute a shell command with the region as input
+\\[view-quit]	exit view-mode, and bury the current buffer.
+If invoked with the optional (prefix) arg non-nil, view-mode cleans up
+backspace constructions.
+More precisely:
+\\{view-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
+(autoload 'view-mode "view-less" "\
+View the current buffer using view-minor-mode.  This exists to be 99.9%
+compatible with the implementations of `view-mode' in view.el and older
+versions of view-less.el." t nil)
+(autoload 'view-major-mode "view-less" "\
+View the current buffer using view-mode, as a major mode.
+This function has a nonstandard name because `view-mode' is wrongly
+named but is like this for compatibility reasons." t nil)
+(autoload 'auto-view-mode "view-less" "\
+If the file of the current buffer is not writable, call view-mode.
+This is meant to be added to `find-file-hooks'." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (vrml-mode) "vrml-mode" "modes/vrml-mode.el")
+(autoload 'vrml-mode "vrml-mode" "\
+Major mode for editing VRML code.
+Expression and list commands understand all VRML brackets.
+Tab indents for VRML code.
+Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
+Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
+Variables controlling indentation style:
+vrml-indent-level
+Indentation of VRML statements within surrounding block.
+Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
+documentation for details):
+vrml-tab-always-indent
+Controls action of TAB key.
+vrml-auto-newline
+Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
+inserted in VRML code.
+Turning on VRML mode calls the value of the variable `vrml-mode-hook'
+with no args, if that value is non-nil.  Read the documentation for
+`vrml-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
+already exist.
+Commands:
+\\{vrml-mode-map}" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (xpm-mode) "xpm-mode" "modes/xpm-mode.el")
+(autoload 'xpm-mode "xpm-mode" "\
+Treat the current buffer as an xpm file and colorize it.
+Shift-button-1 lets you paint by dragging the mouse.  Shift-button-1 on a
+color definition line will change the current painting color to that line's
+value.
+Characters inserted from the keyboard will NOT be colored properly yet.
+Use the mouse, or do xpm-init (\\[xpm-init]) after making changes.
+\\[xpm-add-color] Add a new color, prompting for character and value
+\\[xpm-show-image] show the current image at the top of the buffer
+\\[xpm-parse-color] parse the current line's color definition and add
+it to the color table.  Provided as a means of changing colors.
+XPM minor mode bindings:
+\\{xpm-mode-map}" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (br-env-load br-env-browse) "br-env" "oobr/br-env.el")
+(autoload 'br-env-browse "br-env" "\
+Invoke the OO-Browser on an existing or to be created Environment ENV-FILE." t nil)
+(autoload 'br-env-load "br-env" "\
+Load browser Environment or spec from optional ENV-FILE or 'br-env-file'.
+Non-nil PROMPT means prompt user before building tables.
+Non-nil NO-BUILD means skip build of Environment entirely.
+Return t if load is successful, else nil." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (oo-browser) "br-start" "oobr/br-start.el")
+(fset 'oobr 'oo-browser)
+(autoload 'oo-browser "br-start" "\
+Prompt for an Environment and language over which to run the OO-Browser.
+Optional prefix argument SAME-ENV-FLAG means browse the current Environment,
+if any, without prompting." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (br-to-from-viewer br-add-class-file) "br" "oobr/br.el")
+(autoload 'br-add-class-file "br" "\
+Add a file of classes to the current Environment.
+Interactively or when optional CLASS-PATH is nil, CLASS-PATH defaults to the
+current buffer file pathname.  If optional LIB-TABLE-P is non-nil, add to
+Library Environment, otherwise add to System Environment.  If optional
+SAVE-FILE is t, the Environment is then stored to the filename given by
+'br-env-file'.  If SAVE-FILE is non-nil and not t, its string value is used
+as the file to which to save the Environment." t nil)
+(autoload 'br-to-from-viewer "br" "\
+Move point to viewer window or back to last recorded listing window." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (c++-browse) "c++-browse" "oobr/c++-browse.el")
+(autoload 'c++-browse "c++-browse" "\
+Invoke the C++ OO-Browser.
+This allows browsing through C++ library and system class hierarchies.  With
+an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
+use.  Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
+file name.  See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (clos-browse) "clos-brows" "oobr/clos-brows.el")
+(autoload 'clos-browse "clos-brows" "\
+Invoke the CLOS OO-Browser.
+This allows browsing through CLOS library and system class hierarchies.  With
+an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file
+to use.  Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
+Environment file name.  See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (eif-browse) "eif-browse" "oobr/eif-browse.el")
+(autoload 'eif-browse "eif-browse" "\
+Invoke the Eiffel OO-Browser.
+This allows browsing through Eiffel library and system class hierarchies.
+With an optional prefix arg ENV-FILE equal to t, prompt for Environment file
+to use.  Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
+file name.  See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (info-browse) "info-brows" "oobr/info-brows.el")
+(autoload 'info-browse "info-brows" "\
+Invoke the Info OO-Browser.
+This allows browsing through Info library and system class hierarchies.  With
+an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
+use.  Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
+file name.  See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (java-browse) "java-brows" "oobr/java-brows.el")
+(autoload 'java-browse "java-brows" "\
+Invoke the Java OO-Browser.
+This allows browsing through Java library and system class hierarchies.  With
+an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
+use.  Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
+file name.  See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (objc-browse) "objc-brows" "oobr/objc-brows.el")
+(autoload 'objc-browse "objc-brows" "\
+Invoke the Objective-C OO-Browser.
+This allows browsing through Objective-C library and system class
+hierarchies.  With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for
+Environment file to use.  Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used
+as the Environment file name.  See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (python-browse) "python-browse" "oobr/python-browse.el")
+(autoload 'python-browse "python-browse" "\
+Invoke the Python OO-Browser.
+This allows browsing through Python library and system class hierarchies.
+With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
+file to use.  Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
+Environment file name.  See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (smt-browse) "smt-browse" "oobr/smt-browse.el")
+(autoload 'smt-browse "smt-browse" "\
+Invoke the Smalltalk OO-Browser.
+This allows browsing through Smalltalk library and system class hierarchies.
+With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
+file to use.  Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
+Environment file name.  See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "packages/add-log.el")
+(defvar change-log-default-name nil "\
+*Name of a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry].")
+(defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
+*If non-nil, function to guess name of current function from surrounding text.
+\\[add-change-log-entry] calls this function (if nil, `add-log-current-defun'
+instead) with no arguments.  It returns a string or nil if it cannot guess.")
+(defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
+*Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
+This defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function.")
+(defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
+*Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
+This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
+(autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
+Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
+(autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
+Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
+Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
+If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
+If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
+\(or whatever we use on this operating system).
+If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
+simply find it in the current directory.  Otherwise, search in the current
+directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
+Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
+current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
+(autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
+Find change log file and add an entry for today.
+Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
+Second arg is file name of change log.  If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
+Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
+Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
+never append to an existing entry." t nil)
+(autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
+Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
+Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
+Second arg is file name of change log.  If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'." t nil)
+(define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
+(autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
+Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
+Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
+New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
+Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
+Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
+(autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
+Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
+Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
+Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
+Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
+point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
+identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
+`add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
+Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command) "apropos" "packages/apropos.el")
+(fset 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
+(autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
+Shows commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
+With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
+variables." t nil)
+(autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
+Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
+With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
+symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
+Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
+(autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
+Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
+With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
+at the function and at the names and values of properties.
+Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
+(autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
+Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
+With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
+documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
+bindings.
+Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (define-auto-insert auto-insert) "autoinsert" "packages/autoinsert.el")
+(autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
+Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
+Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
+(autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
+Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
+Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
+or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "packages/avoid.el")
+(autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
+Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
+MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
+`cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
+If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
+modes.  Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
+as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
+Effects of the different modes:
+* banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
+* exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
+and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
+* jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
+a random distance & direction.
+* animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
+* cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
+* proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
+Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
+\(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
+and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
+definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
+(add-minor-mode 'mouse-avoidance-mode " Avoid")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (blink-cursor-mode) "blink-cursor" "packages/blink-cursor.el")
+(autoload 'blink-cursor-mode "blink-cursor" "\
+Enable or disable a blinking cursor.
+If TIMEOUT is nil, toggle on or off.
+If TIMEOUT is t, enable with the previous timeout value.
+If TIMEOUT is 0, disable.
+If TIMEOUT is greater than 0, then the cursor will blink once
+each TIMEOUT secs (can be a float)." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "packages/bookmark.el")
+(if (symbolp (key-binding "r")) nil (progn (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)))
+(defvar bookmark-map nil "\
+Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
+It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
+so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
+key of your choice to `bookmark-map'.  All interactive bookmark
+functions have a binding in this keymap.")
+(define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
+(define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
+(define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
+(define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
+(define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump)
+(define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
+(define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
+(define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location)
+(define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
+(define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
+(define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
+(define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
+(define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
+(autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
+Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
+If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
+With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
+as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
+the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist.  Thus the most recently set
+bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
+but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
+recent one.
+To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
+bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark.  Successive C-w's
+yank successive words.
+Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
+\(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
+through a large file).  If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
+name of the file being visited.
+Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
+and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
+the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
+(autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
+Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
+You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
+`bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
+bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
+this.
+If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
+if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
+will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
+of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
+(autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
+Relocate BOOKMARK -- prompts for a filename, and makes an already
+existing bookmark point to that file, instead of the one it used to
+point at.  Useful when a file has been renamed after a bookmark was
+set in it." t nil)
+(autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
+Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
+Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
+minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
+(autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
+Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.  If called from
+keyboard, prompts for OLD and NEW.  If called from menubar, OLD is
+selected from a menu, and prompts for NEW.
+If called from Lisp, prompts for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
+argument.  If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.  You
+must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
+While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
+consectutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
+name." t nil)
+(autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
+Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
+You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
+`bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
+bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
+this." t nil)
+(autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
+Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
+Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name.  If
+there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
+not be deleted.  Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
+one most recently used in this file, if any).
+Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
+probably because we were called from there." t nil)
+(autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
+Write bookmarks to a file (for which the user will be prompted
+interactively).  Don't use this in Lisp programs; use bookmark-save
+instead." t nil)
+(autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
+Save currently defined bookmarks.
+Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
+`bookmark-default-file'.  With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
+\(second argument).
+If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
+and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
+pass no arguments.  Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
+instead.  If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
+user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
+When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
+`bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load].  That function will prompt you
+for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
+`bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
+(autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
+Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
+Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks.  If
+optional second argument REVERT is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
+destroyed.  Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
+while loading.
+If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
+will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list.  Generally, you should only load
+in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
+place.  Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
+maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
+explicitly." t nil)
+(autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
+Display a list of existing bookmarks.
+The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
+The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
+deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
+(defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
+(defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
+(autoload 'bookmark-menu-insert "bookmark" "\
+Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
+You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
+`bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
+bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
+this.
+Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument.  Use the
+corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
+\"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
+(autoload 'bookmark-menu-jump "bookmark" "\
+Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
+You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
+`bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
+bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
+this.
+Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument.  Use the
+corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
+\"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
+(autoload 'bookmark-menu-locate "bookmark" "\
+Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
+\(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
+Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument.  Use the
+corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
+\"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
+(autoload 'bookmark-menu-rename "bookmark" "\
+Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
+If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
+If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
+prompts for NEWNAME.
+If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
+passed as an argument.  If called with two strings, then no prompting
+is done.  You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
+While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
+consectutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
+name.
+Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument.  Use the
+corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
+\"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
+(autoload 'bookmark-menu-delete "bookmark" "\
+Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
+Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name.  If
+there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
+not be deleted.  Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
+one most recently used in this file, if any).
+Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument.  Use the
+corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
+\"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads nil "buff-menu" "packages/buff-menu.el")
+(defvar list-buffers-directory nil)
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'list-buffers-directory)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "packages/chistory.el")
+(autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
+Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
+Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
+a form for evaluation.  If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
+command history is offered.  The form is placed in the minibuffer for
+editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
+(autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
+List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
+The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
+Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
+element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
+The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
+(autoload 'command-history-mode "chistory" "\
+Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
+The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
+The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
+Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
+Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
+and digits provide prefix arguments.  Tab does not indent.
+\\{command-history-map}
+Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
+The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "packages/cmuscheme.el")
+(add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (display-column-mode) "column" "packages/column.el")
+(autoload 'display-column-mode "column" "\
+Toggle display column mode.
+With prefix arg, turn display column mode on iff arg is positive.
+When display column mode is on, the current column and line number are
+displayed in the mode line." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "packages/compare-w.el")
+(autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
+Compare text in current window with text in next window.
+Compares the text starting at point in each window,
+moving over text in each one as far as they match.
+This command pushes the mark in each window
+at the prior location of point in that window.
+If both windows display the same buffer,
+the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
+first in the other window, then in the selected window.
+A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
+The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
+If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (first-error previous-error next-error compilation-minor-mode grep compile) "compile" "packages/compile.el")
+(defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
+*List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
+(defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
+*Number of lines in a compilation window.  If nil, use Emacs default.")
+(defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
+Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
+The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
+compilation buffer.  It should return a string.
+nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
+(defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
+*Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
+It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
+describing how the process finished.")
+(defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
+*List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
+Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
+nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
+(autoload 'compile "compile" "\
+Compile the program including the current buffer.  Default: run `make'.
+Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
+with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
+You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
+and move to the source code that caused it.
+Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
+non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.  With prefix arg, always prompts.
+To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
+`*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
+Then start the next one.
+The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
+the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
+to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
+(autoload 'grep "compile" "\
+Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
+While grep runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
+to find the text that grep hits refer to.
+This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
+easily repeat a grep command." t nil)
+(autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
+Toggle compilation minor mode.
+With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
+See `compilation-mode'.
+! \\{compilation-mode-map}" t nil)
+(autoload 'next-error "compile" "\
+Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
+This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command.
+If all preparsed error messages have been processed,
+the error message buffer is checked for new ones.
+A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
+negative means move back to previous error messages.
+Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
+and start at the first error.
+\\[next-error] normally applies to the most recent compilation started,
+but as long as you are in the middle of parsing errors from one compilation
+output buffer, you stay with that compilation output buffer.
+Use \\[next-error] in a compilation output buffer to switch to
+processing errors from that compilation.
+See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
+`compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
+(define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
+(autoload 'previous-error "compile" "\
+Visit previous compilation error message and corresponding source code.
+This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
+(autoload 'first-error "compile" "\
+Reparse the error message buffer and start at the first error
+Visit corresponding source code.
+This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "packages/dabbrev.el")
+(define-key global-map [(meta /)] 'dabbrev-expand)
+(define-key global-map [(meta control /)] 'dabbrev-completion)
+(autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
+Completion on current word.
+Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
+and presents suggestions for completion.
+With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
+function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
+completions.
+If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
+then it searches *all* buffers.
+With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
+if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
+(autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
+Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
+Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
+If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
+considered.  If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
+buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
+`dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
+A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
+possibility.  A negative argument says search forward.
+If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
+no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
+with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
+The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
+direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
+See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff) "diff" "packages/diff.el")
+(defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
+*A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
+(autoload 'diff "diff" "\
+Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
+Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
+and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
+With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
+(autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
+Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
+Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
+If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
+The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (edit-faces) "edit-faces" "packages/edit-faces.el")
+(autoload 'edit-faces "edit-faces" "\
+Alter face characteristics by editing a list of defined faces.
+Pops up a buffer containing a list of defined faces.
+Editing commands:
+\\{edit-faces-mode-map}" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (report-xemacs-bug) "emacsbug" "packages/emacsbug.el")
+(autoload 'report-xemacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
+Report a bug in XEmacs.
+Prompts for bug subject.  Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" "packages/emerge.el")
+(autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
+Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
+(fset 'emerge 'emerge-files)
+(autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
+Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
+(autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
+Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
+(autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
+Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
+(autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
+Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
+(autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
+Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
+(autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" nil t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (tags-apropos list-tags tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file find-tag-other-window find-tag visit-tags-table) "etags" "packages/etags.el")
+(defvar tags-build-completion-table 'ask "\
+*If this variable is nil, then tags completion is disabled.
+If this variable is t, then things which prompt for tags will do so with
+completion across all known tags.
+If this variable is the symbol `ask', then you will be asked whether each
+tags table should be added to the completion list as it is read in.
+(With the exception that for very small tags tables, you will not be asked,
+since they can be parsed quickly.)")
+(defvar tags-always-exact nil "\
+*If this variable is non-nil, then tags always looks for exact matches.")
+(defvar tag-table-alist nil "\
+*A list which determines which tags files should be active for a
+given buffer.  This is not really an association list, in that all
+elements are checked.  The CAR of each element of this list is a
+pattern against which the buffer's file name is compared; if it
+matches, then the CDR of the list should be the name of the tags
+table to use.  If more than one element of this list matches the
+buffer's file name, then all of the associated tags tables will be
+used.  Earlier ones will be searched first.
+If the CAR of elements of this list are strings, then they are treated
+as regular-expressions against which the file is compared (like the
+auto-mode-alist).  If they are not strings, then they are evaluated.
+If they evaluate to non-nil, then the current buffer is considered to
+match.
+If the CDR of the elements of this list are strings, then they are
+assumed to name a TAGS file.  If they name a directory, then the string
+\"TAGS\" is appended to them to get the file name.  If they are not
+strings, then they are evaluated, and must return an appropriate string.
+For example:
+(setq tag-table-alist
+	'((\"/usr/src/public/perl/\" . \"/usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/\")
+	 (\"\\\\.el$\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")
+	 (\"/jbw/gnu/\" . \"/usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/\")
+	 (\"\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")
+	 ))
+This means that anything in the /usr/src/public/perl/ directory should use
+the TAGS file /usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/TAGS; and file ending in .el should
+use the TAGS file /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS; and anything in or below the
+directory /jbw/gnu/ should use the TAGS file /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS.
+A file called something like \"/usr/jbw/foo.el\" would use both the TAGS files
+/usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS and /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS (in that order)
+because it matches both patterns.
+If the buffer-local variable `buffer-tag-table' is set, then it names a tags
+table that is searched before all others when find-tag is executed from this
+buffer.
+If there is a file called \"TAGS\" in the same directory as the file in
+question, then that tags file will always be used as well (after the
+`buffer-tag-table' but before the tables specified by this list.)
+If the variable tags-file-name is set, then the tags file it names will apply
+to all buffers (for backwards compatibility.)  It is searched first.
+")
+(autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
+Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE first.
+FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
+A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory." t nil)
+(autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
+*Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
+Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in
+and puts point at its definition.
+If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
+around or before point is used as the tag name.
+If called interactively with a numeric argument, searches for the next tag
+in the tag table that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
+If second arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, uses another window to display
+the tag.
+This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
+and completion.
+Variables of note:
+tag-table-alist		controls which tables apply to which buffers
+tags-file-name		a default tags table
+tags-build-completion-table   controls completion behavior
+buffer-tag-table		another way of specifying a buffer-local table
+make-tags-files-invisible	whether tags tables should be very hidden
+tag-mark-stack-max		how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
+(autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
+*Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
+Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in in another window
+and puts point at its definition.
+If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
+around or before point is used as the tag name.
+If second arg NEXT is non-nil (interactively, with prefix arg),
+searches for the next tag in the tag table
+that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
+This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
+and completion.
+Variables of note:
+tag-table-alist		controls which tables apply to which buffers
+tags-file-name		a default tags table
+tags-build-completion-table   controls completion behavior
+buffer-tag-table		another way of specifying a buffer-local table
+make-tags-files-invisible	whether tags tables should be very hidden
+tag-mark-stack-max		how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
+(autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
+Select next file among files in current tag table(s).
+A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
+beginning of the list of files in the (first) tags table.  If the argument
+is neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
+Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
+to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
+Value is nil if the file was already visited;
+if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
+(autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
+Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
+Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
+argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
+Two variables control the processing we do on each file:
+the value of `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file
+to see if it is interesting (it returns non-nil if so)
+and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to execute to operate on an interesting file
+If the latter returns non-nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
+(autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
+Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
+Stops when a match is found.
+To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
+See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
+(autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
+Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
+Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
+If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
+with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
+See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
+(autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
+Display list of tags in file FILE.
+FILE should not contain a directory spec
+unless it has one in the tag table." t nil)
+(autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
+Display list of all tags in tag table REGEXP matches." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "packages/fast-lock.el")
+(defvar fast-lock-mode nil)
+(autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
+Toggle Fast Lock mode.
+With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
+is associated with a file.  Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
+(setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
+If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
+properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
+buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
+Font Lock caches may be saved:
+- When you save the file's buffer.
+- When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
+- When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
+Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
+See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
+Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
+Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache.  In general,
+see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
+For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
+`fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
+Use \\[fast-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
+(autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
+Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
+(if (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "packages/feedmail.el")
+(autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" nil nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (make-file-part) "file-part" "packages/file-part.el")
+(autoload 'make-file-part "file-part" "\
+Make a file part on buffer BUFFER out of the region.  Call it NAME.
+This command creates a new buffer containing the contents of the
+region and marks the buffer as referring to the specified buffer,
+called the `master buffer'.  When the file-part buffer is saved,
+its changes are integrated back into the master buffer.  When the
+master buffer is deleted, all file parts are deleted with it.
+When called from a function, expects four arguments, START, END,
+NAME, and BUFFER, all of which are optional and default to the
+beginning of BUFFER, the end of BUFFER, a name generated from
+BUFFER's name, and the current buffer, respectively." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer turn-off-font-lock turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "packages/font-lock.el")
+(defvar font-lock-auto-fontify t "\
+*Whether font-lock should automatically fontify files as they're loaded.
+This will only happen if font-lock has fontifying keywords for the major
+mode of the file.  You can get finer-grained control over auto-fontification
+by using this variable in combination with `font-lock-mode-enable-list' or
+`font-lock-mode-disable-list'.")
+(defvar font-lock-mode-enable-list nil "\
+*List of modes to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is nil.")
+(defvar font-lock-mode-disable-list nil "\
+*List of modes not to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is t.")
+(defvar font-lock-use-colors '(color) "\
+*Specification for when Font Lock will set up color defaults.
+Normally this should be '(color), meaning that Font Lock will set up
+color defaults that are only used on color displays.  Set this to nil
+if you don't want Font Lock to set up color defaults at all.  This
+should be one of
+-- a list of valid tags, meaning that the color defaults will be used
+when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(color x))
+-- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
+lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
+any of the tag lists apply.
+-- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
+\(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
+that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
+values before or after loading Font Lock.)
+See also `font-lock-use-fonts'.  If you want more control over the faces
+used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
+how to do it.")
+(defvar font-lock-use-fonts '(or (mono) (grayscale)) "\
+*Specification for when Font Lock will set up non-color defaults.
+Normally this should be '(or (mono) (grayscale)), meaning that Font
+Lock will set up non-color defaults that are only used on either mono
+or grayscale displays.  Set this to nil if you don't want Font Lock to
+set up non-color defaults at all.  This should be one of
+-- a list of valid tags, meaning that the non-color defaults will be used
+when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(grayscale x))
+-- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
+lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
+any of the tag lists apply.
+-- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
+\(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
+that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
+values before or after loading Font Lock.)
+See also `font-lock-use-colors'.  If you want more control over the faces
+used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
+how to do it.")
+(defvar font-lock-maximum-decoration nil "\
+*If non-nil, the maximum decoration level for fontifying.
+If nil, use the minimum decoration (equivalent to level 0).
+If t, use the maximum decoration available.
+If a number, use that level of decoration (or if not available the maximum).
+If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . LEVEL),
+where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default).  For example:
+((c++-mode . 2) (c-mode . t) (t . 1))
+means use level 2 decoration for buffers in `c++-mode', the maximum decoration
+available for buffers in `c-mode', and level 1 decoration otherwise.")
+(define-obsolete-variable-alias 'font-lock-use-maximal-decoration 'font-lock-maximum-decoration)
+(defvar font-lock-maximum-size (* 250 1024) "\
+*If non-nil, the maximum size for buffers for fontifying.
+Only buffers less than this can be fontified when Font Lock mode is turned on.
+If nil, means size is irrelevant.
+If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . SIZE),
+where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default).  For example:
+((c++-mode . 256000) (c-mode . 256000) (rmail-mode . 1048576))
+means that the maximum size is 250K for buffers in `c++-mode' or `c-mode', one
+megabyte for buffers in `rmail-mode', and size is irrelevant otherwise.")
+(defvar font-lock-keywords nil "\
+*A list of the keywords to highlight.
+Each element should be of the form:
+MATCHER
+(MATCHER . MATCH)
+(MATCHER . FACENAME)
+(MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
+(MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
+where HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.
+For highlighting single items, typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
+However, if an item or (typically) items is to be hightlighted following the
+instance of another item (the anchor) then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.
+MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:
+(MATCH FACENAME OVERRIDE LAXMATCH)
+Where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, or the function name to
+call to make the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search).
+MATCH is the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted.  FACENAME is either
+a symbol naming a face, or an expression whose value is the face name to use.
+If you want FACENAME to be a symbol that evaluates to a face, use a form
+like \"(progn sym)\".
+OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags.  If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification may
+be overwritten.  If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
+If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
+which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
+If LAXMATCH is non-nil, no error is signalled if there is no MATCH in MATCHER.
+For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
+\"\\\\\\=<foo\\\\\\=>\"		Discrete occurrences of \"foo\" in the value of the
+			variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
+(\"fu\\\\(bar\\\\)\" . 1)	Substring \"bar\" within all occurrences of \"fubar\" in
+			the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
+(\"fubar\" . fubar-face)	Occurrences of \"fubar\" in the value of `fubar-face'.
+(\"foo\\\\|bar\" 0 foo-bar-face t)
+			Occurrences of either \"foo\" or \"bar\" in the value
+			of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
+MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:
+(MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)
+Where MATCHER is as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT with one exception.  The limit of the
+search is currently guaranteed to be (no greater than) the end of the line.
+PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
+the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used.  Therefore they can be
+used to initialise before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used.  Typically,
+PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
+MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER.  POST-MATCH-FORM might
+be used to move, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.
+For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
+(\"\\\\\\=<anchor\\\\\\=>\" (0 anchor-face) (\"\\\\\\=<item\\\\\\=>\" nil nil (0 item-face)))
+Discrete occurrences of \"anchor\" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
+discrete occurrences of \"item\" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
+(Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil.  Therefore \"item\" is
+initially searched for starting from the end of the match of \"anchor\", and
+searching for subsequent instance of \"anchor\" resumes from where searching
+for \"item\" concluded.)
+Note that the MATCH-ANCHORED feature is experimental; in the future, we may
+replace it with other ways of providing this functionality.
+These regular expressions should not match text which spans lines.  While
+\\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] handles multi-line patterns correctly, updating
+when you edit the buffer does not, since it considers text one line at a time.
+Be very careful composing regexps for this list;
+the wrong pattern can dramatically slow things down!")
+(make-variable-buffer-local 'font-lock-keywords)
+(defvar font-lock-mode nil)
+(defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
+Function or functions to run on entry to font-lock-mode.")
+(autoload 'font-lock-mode "font-lock" "\
+Toggle Font Lock Mode.
+With arg, turn font-lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
+When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
+- Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
+- Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
+- Documentation strings (in Lisp-like languages) are displayed in
+`font-lock-doc-string-face';
+- Language keywords (\"reserved words\") are displayed in
+`font-lock-keyword-face';
+- Function names in their defining form are displayed in
+`font-lock-function-name-face';
+- Variable names in their defining form are displayed in
+`font-lock-variable-name-face';
+- Type names are displayed in `font-lock-type-face';
+- References appearing in help files and the like are displayed
+in `font-lock-reference-face';
+- Preprocessor declarations are displayed in
+`font-lock-preprocessor-face';
+and
+- Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according
+to the value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
+Where modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
+`font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
+When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
+fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
+To fontify a buffer without turning on Font Lock mode, and regardless of buffer
+size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
+See the variable `font-lock-keywords' for customization." t nil)
+(autoload 'turn-on-font-lock "font-lock" "\
+Unconditionally turn on Font Lock mode." nil nil)
+(autoload 'turn-off-font-lock "font-lock" "\
+Unconditionally turn off Font Lock mode." nil nil)
+(autoload 'font-lock-fontify-buffer "font-lock" "\
+Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would.
+See `font-lock-mode' for details.
+This can take a while for large buffers." t nil)
+(add-minor-mode 'font-lock-mode " Font")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (sc-mode) "generic-sc" "packages/generic-sc.el")
+(autoload 'sc-mode "generic-sc" "\
+Toggle sc-mode.
+SYSTEM can be sccs, rcs or cvs.
+Cvs requires the pcl-cvs package.
+The following commands are available
+\\[sc-next-operation]	perform next logical source control operation on current file
+\\[sc-show-changes]	compare the version being edited with an older one
+\\[sc-version-diff-file]	compare two older versions of a file
+\\[sc-show-history]		display change history of current file
+\\[sc-visit-previous-revision]	display an older revision of current file
+\\[sc-revert-file]		revert buffer to last checked-in version
+\\[sc-list-all-locked-files]		show all files locked in current directory
+\\[sc-list-locked-files]		show all files locked by you in current directory
+\\[sc-list-registered-files]		show all files under source control in current directory
+\\[sc-update-directory]		get fresh copies of files checked-in by others in current directory
+\\[sc-rename-file]		rename the current file and its source control file
+While you are entering a change log message for a check in, sc-log-entry-mode
+will be in effect.
+Global user options:
+sc-diff-command	A list consisting of the command and flags
+			to be used for generating context diffs.
+sc-mode-expert	suppresses some conformation prompts,
+			notably for delta aborts and file saves.
+sc-max-log-size	specifies the maximum allowable size
+			of a log message plus one.
+When using SCCS you have additional commands and options
+\\[sccs-insert-headers]		insert source control headers in current file
+When you generate headers into a buffer using \\[sccs-insert-headers],
+the value of sc-insert-headers-hook is called before insertion. If the
+file is recognized a C or Lisp source, sc-insert-c-header-hook or
+sc-insert-lisp-header-hook is called after insertion respectively.
+sccs-headers-wanted	which %-keywords to insert when adding
+			headers with C-c h
+sccs-insert-static	if non-nil, keywords inserted in C files
+			get stuffed in a static string area so that
+			what(1) can see them in the compiled object code.
+When using CVS you have additional commands
+\\[sc-cvs-update-directory]	update the current directory using pcl-cvs
+\\[sc-cvs-file-status]		show the CVS status of current file
+" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (gnuserv-start) "gnuserv" "packages/gnuserv.el")
+(defvar gnuserv-frame nil "\
+*If non-nil, the frame to be used to display all edited files.
+If nil, then a new frame is created for each file edited.
+This variable has no effect in XEmacs versions older than 19.9.")
+(autoload 'gnuserv-start "gnuserv" "\
+Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
+This starts a server communications subprocess through which
+client \"editors\" (gnuclient and gnudoit) can send editing commands to
+this Emacs job. See the gnuserv(1) manual page for more details.
+Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (gopher-atpoint gopher) "gopher" "packages/gopher.el")
+(autoload 'gopher "gopher" "\
+Start a gopher session.  With C-u, prompt for a gopher server." t nil)
+(autoload 'gopher-atpoint "gopher" "\
+Try to interpret the text around point as a gopher bookmark, and dispatch
+to that object." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" "packages/hexl.el")
+(autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
+\\<hexl-mode-map>
+A major mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
+This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
+using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
+Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
+representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
+are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
+values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
+If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
+unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
+periods.
+If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
+in hexl format.
+A sample format:
+HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f     ASCII-TEXT
+--------  ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----  ----------------
+00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64  This is hexl-mod
+00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265  e.  Each line re
+00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465  presents 16 byte
+00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c  s as hexadecimal
+00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74   ASCII.and print
+00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261  able ASCII chara
+00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74  cters.  Any cont
+00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949  rol or non-ASCII
+00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520   characters.are
+00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572  displayed as per
+000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e  iods in the prin
+000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220  table character
+000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a                      region..
+Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer.  Most
+cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
+to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
+Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
+also supported.
+There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
+ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
+bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
+insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
+\\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
+it isn't bound to self-insert.  An octal number can be supplied in place
+of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
+\\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
+into the buffer at the current point.
+\\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
+into the buffer at the current point.
+\\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
+into the buffer at the current point.
+\\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
+Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
+will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
+You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in hexl-mode.
+\\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
+(autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
+Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
+Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
+(autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
+Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
+This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (hypropos-popup-menu hypropos-set-variable hyper-describe-function hyper-describe-variable hyper-apropos) "hyper-apropos" "packages/hyper-apropos.el")
+(defvar hypropos-show-brief-docs t "\
+*If non-nil, `hyper-apropos' will display some documentation in the
+\"*Hyper Apropos*\" buffer.  Setting this to nil will speed up searches.")
+(autoload 'hyper-apropos "hyper-apropos" "\
+Display lists of functions and variables matching REGEXP
+in buffer \"*Hyper Apropos*\".  If optional prefix arg is given, then the value
+of `hypropos-programming-apropos' is toggled for this search.
+See also `hyper-apropos-mode'." t nil)
+(autoload 'hyper-describe-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
+Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
+See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
+(autoload 'hyper-describe-function "hyper-apropos" "\
+Hypertext replacement for `describe-function'.  Unlike `describe-function'
+in that the symbol under the cursor is the default if it is a function.
+See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-variable'." t nil)
+(autoload 'hypropos-set-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
+Interactively set the variable on the current line." t nil)
+(autoload 'hypropos-popup-menu "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "packages/icomplete.el")
+(autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
+Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this emacs session,
+or deactivate with negative prefix arg." t nil)
+(autoload 'icomplete-minibuffer-setup "icomplete" "\
+Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
+Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (Info-elisp-ref Info-emacs-key Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-emacs-command Info-search Info-visit-file Info-goto-node Info-query info) "info" "packages/info.el")
+(autoload 'info "info" "\
+Enter Info, the documentation browser.
+Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
+the default is the top-level directory of Info.
+In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
+to read a file name from the minibuffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'Info-query "info" "\
+Enter Info, the documentation browser.  Prompt for name of Info file." t nil)
+(autoload 'Info-goto-node "info" "\
+Go to info node named NAME.  Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
+Actually, the following interpretations of NAME are tried in order:
+(FILENAME)NODENAME
+(FILENAME)     (using Top node)
+NODENAME       (in current file)
+TAGNAME        (see below)
+FILENAME       (using Top node)
+where TAGNAME is a string that appears in quotes: \"TAGNAME\", in an
+annotation for any node of any file.  (See `a' and `x' commands.)" t nil)
+(autoload 'Info-visit-file "info" "\
+Directly visit an info file." t nil)
+(autoload 'Info-search "info" "\
+Search for REGEXP, starting from point, and select node it's found in." t nil)
+(autoload 'Info-emacs-command "info" "\
+Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
+This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
+(autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
+Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
+This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
+(autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
+Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
+This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
+(autoload 'Info-emacs-key "info" "\
+Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
+This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
+(autoload 'Info-elisp-ref "info" "\
+Look up an Emacs Lisp function in the Elisp manual in the Info system.
+This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) "informat" "packages/informat.el")
+(autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
+Create or update Info-file tag table in current buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
+Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
+Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
+To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
+table.  The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
+should be saved in place of the original visited file.
+The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
+in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
+file name.  The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
+contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
+(autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
+Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
+Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
+(autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
+Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
+Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
+Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
+For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-word) "ispell" "packages/ispell.el")
+(defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
+*File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
+If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
+where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
+(defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex") ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z,ADV\dv_|(B]" "[^a-zA-Z,ADV\dv_|(B]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1") ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z,A@(B-,AEGH(B-,AOR(B-,AVY(B-,A\`(B-,Aegh(B-,Aoqr(B-,Avy(B-,A|(B]" "[^A-Za-z,A@(B-,AEGH(B-,AOR(B-,AVY(B-,A\`(B-,Aegh(B-,Aoqr(B-,Avy(B-,A|(B]" "[']" t ("-C") nil) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z,A@(B-,AEGH(B-,AOR(B-,AVY(B-,A\`(B-,Aegh(B-,Aoqr(B-,Avy(B-,A|(B]" "[^A-Za-z,A@(B-,AEGH(B-,AOR(B-,AVY(B-,A\`(B-,Aegh(B-,Aoqr(B-,Avy(B-,A|(B]" "[']" t ("-C") nil)))
+(defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("svenska" "[A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[^A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil) ("svenska8" "[A-Za-z,AedvEDv(B]" "[^A-Za-z,AedvEDv(B]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "svenska") "~list") ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil) ("francais" "[A-Za-z,A@BFGHIJKNOTY[\`bghijknoty{|(B]" "[^A-Za-z,A@BFGHIJKNOTY[\`bghijknoty{|(B]" "[---']" t nil "~list") ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z,A@BFGHIJKNOTY[\`bghijknoty{|(B\\]" "[^A-Za-z,A@BFGHIJKNOTY[\`bghijknoty{|(B\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex") ("dansk" "[A-Z,AFXE(Ba-z,Afxe(B]" "[^A-Z,AFXE(Ba-z,Afxe(B]" "" nil ("-C") nil)))
+(defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2) "\
+An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
+Each element of this list is also a list:
+\(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
+ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE)
+DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible value of variable `ispell-dictionary', nil
+means the default dictionary.
+CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
+word.
+NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
+OTHERCHARS is a regular expression of other characters that are valid
+in word constructs.  Otherchars cannot be adjacent to each other in a
+word, nor can they begin or end a word.  This implies we can't check
+\"Stevens'\" as a correct possessive and other correct formations.
+Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
+MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil if many otherchars are to be allowed in a
+word instead of only one.
+ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
+subprocess.
+EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
+have been configured in an Ispell affix file.  (For example, umlauts
+can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...)  Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
+in English.  This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
+The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
+but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
+Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
+`ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
+Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
+contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
+language.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
+(defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
+Key map for ispell menu")
+(defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
+Spelling menu for XEmacs.")
+(defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (string-lessp "19" emacs-version) (not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version))))
+(if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list 'lambda nil '(interactive) (list 'ispell-change-dictionary name))))))))
+(if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))
+(if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '("Continue Check" . ispell-continue)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '("Check Word" . ispell-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '("Check Region" . ispell-region)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))
+(if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '("Check Message" . ispell-message)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help))) (put 'ispell-region 'menu-enable 'mark-active) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
+(defvar ispell-local-pdict ispell-personal-dictionary "\
+A buffer local variable containing the current personal dictionary.
+If non-nil, the value must be a string, which is a file name.
+If you specify a personal dictionary for the current buffer which is
+different from the current personal dictionary, the effect is similar
+to calling \\[ispell-change-dictionary].  This variable is automatically
+set when defined in the file with either `ispell-pdict-keyword' or the
+local variable syntax.")
+(define-key global-map [(meta ?\$)] 'ispell-word)
+(autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
+Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
+If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
+in a window allowing you to choose one.
+With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
+resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
+If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
+is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
+\(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
+When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
+when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
+Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
+This will check or reload the dictionary.  Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
+or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
+(autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
+Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
+Selections are:
+DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
+SPC:   Accept word this time.
+`i':   Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
+`a':   Accept word for this session.
+`A':   Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
+`r':   Replace word with typed-in value.  Rechecked.
+`R':   Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
+`?':   Show these commands.
+`x':   Exit spelling buffer.  Move cursor to original point.
+`X':   Exit spelling buffer.  Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
+the aborted check to be completed later.
+`q':   Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
+`l':   Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary.  Wildcards okay.
+`u':   Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
+`m':   Like `i', but allows one to include dictionary completion information.
+`C-l':  redraws screen
+`C-r':  recursive edit
+`C-z':  suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
+(autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
+Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
+With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
+(autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
+Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) and kill old Ispell process.
+A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
+By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
+With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
+(autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
+Interactively check a region for spelling errors." t nil)
+(autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
+Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
+(autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
+Look up word before or under point in dictionary (see lookup-words command)
+and try to complete it.  If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word
+may be a character sequence inside of a word.
+Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
+(autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
+Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
+(autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
+Toggle Ispell minor mode.
+With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
+In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
+warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled." t nil)
+(autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
+Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
+Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
+Don't check included messages.
+To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
+use the `x' or `q' command.  (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
+The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
+To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
+in your .emacs file:
+(add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)
+(add-hook 'mail-send-hook  'ispell-message)
+(add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
+You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
+`news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
+(function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-install toggle-auto-compression jka-compr-load) "jka-compr" "packages/jka-compr.el")
+(autoload 'jka-compr-load "jka-compr" "\
+Documented as original." nil nil)
+(autoload 'toggle-auto-compression "jka-compr" "\
+Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
+With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
+Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
+If the argument MESSAGE is non-nil, it means to print a message
+saying whether the mode is now on or off." t nil)
+(autoload 'jka-compr-install "jka-compr" "\
+Install jka-compr.
+This adds entries to `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
+and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes'." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "packages/lazy-lock.el")
+(defvar lazy-lock-mode nil)
+(autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
+Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
+With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
+is at least `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters long.
+When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification is demand-driven and stealthy:
+- Fontification occurs in visible parts of buffers when necessary.
+Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-continuity-time'.
+- Fontification occurs in invisible parts when Emacs has been idle.
+Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-stealth-time'.
+If `lazy-lock-hide-invisible' is non-nil, text is not displayed until it is
+fontified, otherwise it is displayed in `lazy-lock-invisible-foreground'.
+See also variables `lazy-lock-walk-windows' and `lazy-lock-ignore-commands' for
+window (scroll) fontification, and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines',
+`lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose' for stealth
+fontification.
+Use \\[lazy-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
+(autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
+Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
+(add-minor-mode 'lazy-lock-mode " Lazy")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "packages/ledit.el")
+(defconst ledit-save-files t "\
+*Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
+(defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
+*Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
+(defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
+*Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
+(autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
+\\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
+Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
+\\[ledit-save-defun]	-- record defun at or after point
+	   for later transmission to Lisp job.
+\\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
+\\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
+\\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
+	   and transmit saved text.
+\\{ledit-mode-map}
+To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
+do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
+(autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" nil nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer) "lpr" "packages/lpr.el")
+(defvar lpr-switches nil "\
+*List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
+See `lpr-command'.")
+(defvar lpr-command (if (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)) "lp" "lpr") "\
+*Name of program for printing a file.")
+(autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
+Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
+`lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
+(autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
+Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
+`lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
+(autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
+Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
+`lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
+(autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
+Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
+`lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "packages/makesum.el")
+(autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
+Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
+Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (manual-entry) "man" "packages/man.el")
+(autoload 'manual-entry "man" "\
+Display the Unix manual entry (or entries) for TOPIC.
+If prefix arg is given, modify the search according to the value:
+2 = complement default exact matching of the TOPIC name;
+exact matching default is specified by `Manual-match-topic-exactly'
+3 = force a search of the unformatted man directories
+4 = both 2 and 3
+The manual entries are searched according to the variable
+Manual-directory-list, which should be a list of directories.  If
+Manual-directory-list is nil, \\[Manual-directory-list-init] is
+invoked to create this list from the MANPATH environment variable.
+See the variable Manual-topic-buffer which controls how the buffer
+is named.  See also the variables Manual-match-topic-exactly,
+Manual-query-multiple-pages, and Manual-buffer-view-mode." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "packages/metamail.el")
+(autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
+Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
+Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
+(autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
+Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
+Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
+EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
+Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
+redisplayed as output is inserted.
+Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
+(autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
+Process current buffer through `metamail'.
+Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
+EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
+Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
+means current).
+Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
+redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
+(autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
+Process current region through 'metamail'.
+Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
+EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
+Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
+means current).
+Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
+redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (blink-paren paren-set-mode) "paren" "packages/paren.el")
+(defvar paren-mode nil "\
+*Sets the style of parenthesis highlighting.
+Valid values are nil, `blink-paren', `paren', and `sexp'.
+nil		no parenthesis highlighting.
+blink-paren	causes the matching paren to blink.
+paren		causes the matching paren to be highlighted but not to blink.
+sexp		whole expression enclosed by the local paren at its mate.
+nested	(not yet implemented) use variable shading to see the
+		nesting of an expression.  Also groks regular expressions
+		and shell quoting.
+This variable is global by default, but you can make it buffer-local and
+highlight parentheses differrently in different major modes.")
+(autoload 'paren-set-mode "paren" "\
+Cycles through possible values for `paren-mode', force off with negative arg.
+When called from lisp, a symbolic value for `paren-mode' can be pased directly.
+See also `paren-mode' and `paren-highlight'." t nil)
+(make-obsolete 'blink-paren 'paren-set-mode)
+(autoload 'blink-paren "paren" "\
+Obsolete.  Use `paren-set-mode' instead." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (pending-delete pending-delete-off pending-delete-on) "pending-del" "packages/pending-del.el")
+(autoload 'pending-delete-on "pending-del" "\
+Turn on pending delete.
+When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
+When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
+(autoload 'pending-delete-off "pending-del" "\
+Turn off pending delete.
+When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
+When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
+(autoload 'pending-delete "pending-del" "\
+Toggle automatic deletion of the selected region.
+With a positive argument, turns it on.
+With a non-positive argument, turns it off.
+When active, typed text replaces the selection." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "packages/ps-print.el")
+(defvar ps-paper-type 'ps-letter "\
+*Specifies the size of paper to format for.  Should be one of
+`ps-letter', `ps-legal', or `ps-a4'.")
+(defvar ps-print-color-p (and (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) (fboundp 'float)) "\
+*If non-nil, print the buffer's text in color.")
+(autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
+Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
+When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
+the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
+it to the printer.
+More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
+is nil, send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save
+the PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is a
+number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
+(autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
+Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
+Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
+information in the generated image.  This command works only if you
+are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
+(autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
+Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
+Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
+(autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
+Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
+Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
+information in the generated image.  This command works only if you
+are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
+(autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
+Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
+Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
+local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
+Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
+(autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
+Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
+Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
+information in the generated image.  This command works only if you
+are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
+Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
+(autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
+Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
+Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
+Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
+(autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
+Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
+Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
+information in the generated image.  This command works only if you
+are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
+Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
+(autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
+Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
+When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompt the user for
+the name of a file to save the spooled PostScript in, instead of sending
+it to the printer.
+More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
+is nil, send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save
+the PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is a
+number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "packages/rcompile.el")
+(autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
+Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST.  Log in as USER.
+See \\[compile]." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "packages/resume.el")
+(autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
+Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "packages/server.el")
+(make-obsolete 'server-start 'gnuserv-start)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (install-shell-fonts) "shell-font" "packages/shell-font.el")
+(autoload 'install-shell-fonts "shell-font" "\
+Decorate the current interaction buffer with fonts.
+This uses the faces called `shell-prompt', `shell-input' and `shell-output';
+you can alter the graphical attributes of those with the normal
+face-manipulation functions." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) "spell" "packages/spell.el")
+(put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
+(autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
+Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
+For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
+and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
+If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
+as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
+(autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
+Check spelling of word at or before point.
+If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
+and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
+(autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
+Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
+Used in a program, applies from START to END.
+DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
+for example, \"word\"." t nil)
+(autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
+Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "packages/tar-mode.el")
+(autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
+Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
+You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
+Letters no longer insert themselves.
+Type 'e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer.
+Type 'c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
+If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the 'e' command) and
+save it with Control-X Control-S, the contents of that buffer will be
+saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
+inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
+See also: variables tar-update-datestamp and tar-anal-blocksize.
+\\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "packages/terminal.el")
+(autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
+Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
+ARGS is a list of argument-strings.  Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
+BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
+and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
+program an keyboard input.
+Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
+are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
+WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
+-- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
+To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
+to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
+type Control-^.  The following character is an emulator command.
+Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
+This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
+`Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
+Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
+of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
+terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
+terminal-redisplay-interval.
+This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
+and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
+subprocess started.
+Presently with `termcap' only; if somebody sends us code to make this
+work with `terminfo' we will try to use it." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (batch-texinfo-format texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "packages/texinfmt.el")
+(autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
+Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
+The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
+names specified in the @setfilename command.
+Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
+and don't split the file if large.  You can use Info-tagify and
+Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
+(autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
+Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
+This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
+The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region].  The text that is
+converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'batch-texinfo-format "texinfmt" "\
+Runs  texinfo-format-buffer  on the files remaining on the command line.
+Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion.
+Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
+For example, invoke
+\"emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format $docs/ ~/*.texinfo\"." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "packages/texnfo-upd.el")
+(autoload 'texinfo-update-node "texnfo-upd" "\
+Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
+Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
+marked region.
+The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
+keybindings, are:
+texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p)    \\[texinfo-update-node]
+texinfo-every-node-update ()                \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
+texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
+texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p)      \\[texinfo-make-menu]
+texinfo-all-menus-update ()                 \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
+texinfo-master-menu ()
+texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
+The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
+which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
+(autoload 'texinfo-every-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
+Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
+(autoload 'texinfo-sequential-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
+Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
+This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
+immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
+lower hierarchical level in the document.  Continually pressing `n' or
+`p' takes you straight through the file.
+Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
+Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
+marked region.
+This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
+subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
+to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
+Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" "packages/time-stamp.el")
+(autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
+Update the time stamp string in the buffer.
+If you put a time stamp template anywhere in the first 8 lines of a file,
+it can be updated every time you save the file.  See the top of
+`time-stamp.el' for a sample.  The template looks like one of the following:
+Time-stamp: <>
+Time-stamp: \" \"
+The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes, resulting in
+Time-stamp: <95/01/18 10:20:51 gildea>
+Only does its thing if the variable  time-stamp-active  is non-nil.
+Typically used on  write-file-hooks  for automatic time-stamping.
+The format of the time stamp is determined by the variable  time-stamp-format.
+The variables time-stamp-line-limit, time-stamp-start, and time-stamp-end
+control finding the template." t nil)
+(autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
+Toggle time-stamp-active, setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
+With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (display-time) "time" "packages/time.el")
+(defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
+*Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
+(autoload 'display-time "time" "\
+Display current time, load level, and mail flag in mode line of each buffer.
+Updates automatically every minute.
+If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
+are displayed as well.
+After each update, `display-time-hook' is run with `run-hooks'.
+If `display-time-echo-area' is non-nil, the time is displayed in the
+echo area instead of in the mode-line." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region overstrike-region unoverstrike-region ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" "packages/underline.el")
+(autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
+Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
+Works by overstriking underscores.
+Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
+which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
+(autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
+Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
+Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
+which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
+(autoload 'unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
+Remove all overstriking (character-backspace-character) in the region.
+Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the
+range to operate on." t nil)
+(autoload 'overstrike-region "underline" "\
+Overstrike (character-backspace-character) all nonblank characters in
+the region. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which
+specify the range to operate on." t nil)
+(autoload 'ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
+Remove underlining and overstriking in the region.  Called from a program,
+takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (ask-to-update-copyright update-copyright) "upd-copyr" "packages/upd-copyr.el")
+(defvar copyright-do-not-disturb "Free Software Foundation, Inc." "\
+*If non-nil, the existing copyright holder is checked against this regexp.
+If it does not match, then a new copyright line is added with the copyright
+holder set to the value of `copyright-whoami'.")
+(defvar copyright-whoami nil "\
+*A string containing the name of the owner of new copyright notices.")
+(defvar copyright-notice-file nil "\
+*If non-nil, replace copying notices with this file.")
+(autoload 'update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
+Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer
+to indicate the current year.  If optional arg REPLACE is given
+\(interactively, with prefix arg) replace the years in the notice
+rather than adding the current year after them.
+If `copyright-notice-file' is set, the copying permissions following the
+copyright are replaced as well.
+If optional third argument ASK is non-nil, the user is prompted for whether
+or not to update the copyright.  If optional fourth argument ASK-YEAR is
+non-nil, the user is prompted for whether or not to replace the year rather
+than adding to it." t nil)
+(autoload 'ask-to-update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
+If the current buffer contains a copyright notice that is out of date,
+ask the user if it should be updated with `update-copyright' (which see).
+Put this on write-file-hooks." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (vc-update-change-log vc-rename-this-file vc-rename-file vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-version-diff vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-file-status) "vc" "packages/vc.el")
+(defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
+*List of functions called after a checkin is done.  See `run-hooks'.")
+(autoload 'vc-file-status "vc" "\
+Display the current status of the file being visited.
+Currently, this is only defined for CVS.  The information provided in the
+modeline is generally sufficient for RCS and SCCS." t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
+Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
+For RCS and SCCS files:
+If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
+control and then retrieves a writable, locked copy for editing.
+If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
+a writable and locked file ready for editing.
+If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
+first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout.  If not,
+it performs a revert.
+If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
+of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
+resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary.  If
+the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
+read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
+If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
+the option to steal the lock.
+For CVS files:
+If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
+control.  This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
+If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
+If the file has not been changed, neither in your working area or
+in the repository, a message is printed and nothing is done.
+If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
+unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
+message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
+with the logmessage as change commentary.  A writable file is retained.
+If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
+merge in the changes into your working copy.
+The following is true regardless of which version control system you
+are using:
+If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
+it will operate on the file in the current line.
+If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
+files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
+each one.  The log message will be used as a comment for any register
+or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts.  Attempted
+lock steals will raise an error.
+For checkin, a prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use." t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
+Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
+Display diffs between file versions.
+Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
+checked in version of that file.  This uses no arguments.
+With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
+and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
+For FILE, report diffs between two stored versions REL1 and REL2 of it.
+If FILE is a directory, generate diffs between versions for all registered
+files in or below it." t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-version-other-window "vc" "\
+Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
+If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
+If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
+Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
+Headers desired are inserted at the start of the buffer, and are pulled from
+the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
+Show version-control status of all files in the directory DIR.
+If the second argument VERBOSE is non-nil, show all files;
+otherwise show only files that current locked in the version control system.
+Interactively, supply a prefix arg to make VERBOSE non-nil.
+If the optional third argument NESTED is non-nil,
+scan the entire tree of subdirectories of the current directory." t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
+Make a snapshot called NAME.
+The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
+directory.  For each file, the version level of its latest
+version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
+Retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
+This function fails if any files are locked at or below the current directory
+Otherwise, all registered files are checked out (unlocked) at their version
+levels in the snapshot." t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
+List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-revert-buffer "vc" "\
+Revert the current buffer's file back to the latest checked-in version.
+This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
+to that version.
+If the back-end is CVS, this will give you the most recent revision of
+the file on the branch you are editing." t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-cancel-version "vc" "\
+Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
+A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
+Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-rename-this-file "vc" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
+Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS logs.
+The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
+With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
+With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all files currently visited.
+Otherwise, find log entries for all registered files in the default directory.
+From a program, any arguments are passed to the `rcs2log' script." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (webster-spell webster-endings webster) "webster" "packages/webster.el")
+(autoload 'webster "webster" "\
+Look up a word in the Webster's dictionary.
+Open a network login connection to a webster host if necessary.
+Communication with host is recorded in a buffer *webster*." t nil)
+(autoload 'webster-endings "webster" "\
+Look up endings for a word in the Webster's dictionary.
+Open a network login connection to a webster host if necessary.
+Communication with host is recorded in a buffer *webster*." t nil)
+(autoload 'webster-spell "webster" "\
+Look spelling for a word in the Webster's dictionary.
+Open a network login connection to a webster host if necessary.
+Communication with host is recorded in a buffer *webster*." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "xscheme" "packages/xscheme.el")
+(defvar scheme-program-name "scheme" "\
+*Program invoked by the `run-scheme' command.")
+(defvar scheme-band-name nil "\
+*Band loaded by the `run-scheme' command.")
+(defvar scheme-program-arguments nil "\
+*Arguments passed to the Scheme program by the `run-scheme' command.")
+(autoload 'run-scheme "xscheme" "\
+Run an inferior Scheme process.
+Output goes to the buffer `*scheme*'.
+With argument, asks for a command line." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (pcl-cvs-fontify) "pcl-cvs-xemacs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs-xemacs.el")
+(autoload 'pcl-cvs-fontify "pcl-cvs-xemacs" nil nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (cvs-update-other-window cvs-update) "pcl-cvs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs.el")
+(autoload 'cvs-update "pcl-cvs" "\
+Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory.  Feed the
+output to a *cvs* buffer and run cvs-mode on it.
+If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
+(autoload 'cvs-update-other-window "pcl-cvs" "\
+Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory.  Feed the
+output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the other window, and run
+cvs-mode on it.
+If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (about-xemacs) "about" "prim/about.el")
+(autoload 'about-xemacs "about" nil t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (all-hail-emacs all-hail-xemacs praise-be-unto-emacs praise-be-unto-xemacs) "advocacy" "prim/advocacy.el")
+(defvar xemacs-praise-sound-file "sounds/im_so_happy.au" "\
+The name of an audio file containing something to play
+when praising XEmacs")
+(defvar xemacs-praise-message "All Hail XEmacs!\n" "\
+What to praise XEmacs with")
+(autoload 'praise-be-unto-xemacs "advocacy" "\
+All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
+(autoload 'praise-be-unto-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'all-hail-xemacs "advocacy" "\
+All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
+(autoload 'all-hail-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (describe-buffer-case-table) "case-table" "prim/case-table.el")
+(autoload 'describe-buffer-case-table "case-table" "\
+Describe the case table of the current buffer." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" "prim/debug.el")
+(autoload 'debug "debug" "\
+Enter debugger.  To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
+Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
+of the evaluator.
+You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
+any other args you like.  In that case, the list of args after the
+first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
+Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
+If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
+This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
+which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
+Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
+Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
+(autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
+Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
+If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default standard-display-8bit make-display-table describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "prim/disp-table.el")
+(autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
+Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
+Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
+(autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
+Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
+(autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
+Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
+(autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
+Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
+(autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
+Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
+This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
+it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
+(autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
+Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
+This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
+X frame." nil nil)
+(autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
+Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
+(autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
+Toggle display of European characters encoded with ISO 8859.
+When enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 display not
+as octal escapes, but as accented characters.
+With prefix argument, enable European character display iff arg is positive." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "prim/env.el")
+(autoload 'setenv "env" "\
+Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
+VARIABLE should be a string.  VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
+`nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
+Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
+Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
+appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
+This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads nil "itimer" "prim/itimer.el")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs" "prim/loaddefs.el")
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "prim/macros.el")
+(autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
+Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
+Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
+The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
+Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid
+editor command." t nil)
+(autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
+Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
+Optional second argument KEYS means also record the keys it is on
+\(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
+This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the
+same definition it has now.  If you say to record the keys,
+the Lisp code will also rebind those keys to the macro.
+Only global key bindings are recorded since executing this Lisp code
+always makes global bindings.
+To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
+use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
+(autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
+Query user during kbd macro execution.
+With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
+reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
+You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
+Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
+Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
+\\[act]	Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
+\\[skip]	Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
+\\[exit]	Stop the macro entirely right now.
+\\[recenter]	Redisplay the frame, then ask again.
+\\[edit]	Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
+(autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
+For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
+of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
+When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
+BOTTOM, describing the current region.  TOP must be before BOTTOM.
+The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
+execute.
+This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
+removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
+For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
+author are indented, or have each line start with `>'.  To quote a
+section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
+and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
+`\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
+Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
+looked like this:
+{ \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
+{ \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
+{ \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
+You could enter the names in this format:
+foo
+bar
+baz
+and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
+\\C-x (
+\\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
+\\C-x )
+and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
+`\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
+" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) "novice" "prim/novice.el")
+(autoload 'disabled-command-hook "novice" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
+Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
+The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
+to future sessions." t nil)
+(autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
+Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
+The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
+to future sessions." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "prim/options.el")
+(autoload 'list-options "options" "\
+Display a list of XEmacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
+(autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
+Edit a list of XEmacs user option values.
+Selects a buffer containing such a list,
+in which there are commands to set the option values.
+Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "prim/rect.el")
+(autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
+Delete (don't save) text in rectangle with point and mark as corners.
+The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the line
+where the region begins and ending with the line where the region ends." t nil)
+(autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
+Delete contents of rectangle and return it as a list of strings.
+Arguments START and END are the corners of the rectangle.
+The value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
+(autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
+Return contents of rectangle with corners at START and END.
+Value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
+(defvar killed-rectangle nil "\
+Rectangle for yank-rectangle to insert.")
+(autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
+Delete rectangle with corners at point and mark; save as last killed one.
+Calling from program, supply two args START and END, buffer positions.
+But in programs you might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle'." t nil)
+(autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
+Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
+(autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
+Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
+RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
+line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
+RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
+After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
+and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
+(autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
+Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark, shifting text right.
+The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
+but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle." t nil)
+(autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
+Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
+The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
+This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
+Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
+(autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
+Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark.
+The text previously in the region is overwritten by the blanks.
+When called from a program, requires two args which specify the corners." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "prim/reposition.el")
+(autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
+Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
+Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
+visibility of comments that precede it.
+Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
+If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
+window.  If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
+definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
+which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
+as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
+Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
+preceding comments visible.  Further invocations toggle the visibility of
+the comment lines.
+If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
+visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
+visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
+comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
+first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-float-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "prim/sort.el")
+(autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
+General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
+Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
+We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
+called sort records.  A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
+it) is designated as the sort key.  The records are rearranged in the
+buffer in order by their sort keys.  The records may or may not be
+contiguous.
+Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
+If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
+The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
+the sort order.
+The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
+across a sort record.  They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
+NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
+It moves point to the start of the next record.
+It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
+The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
+is called.
+ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
+It should move point to the end of the record.
+STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
+It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
+else the key is the substring between the values of point after
+STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called.  If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
+starts at the beginning of the record.
+ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
+ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
+same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
+(autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
+Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
+Called from a program, there are three arguments:
+REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
+The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
+the sort order." t nil)
+(autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
+Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
+Called from a program, there are three arguments:
+REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
+The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
+the sort order." t nil)
+(autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
+Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
+Called from a program, there are three arguments:
+REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
+The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
+the sort order." t nil)
+(autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
+Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
+Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
+Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
+With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
+Called from a program, there are three arguments:
+FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
+The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
+the sort order.
+If you want to sort floating-point numbers, try `sort-float-fields'." t nil)
+(autoload 'sort-float-fields "sort" "\
+Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
+Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.  Specified field
+must contain a floating point number in each line of the region.  With a
+negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.  Called from a
+program, there are three arguments: FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify
+region to sort." t nil)
+(autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
+Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
+Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
+With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
+Called from a program, there are three arguments:
+FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
+(autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
+Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
+RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
+For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
+KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
+is to be used for sorting.
+If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
+RECORD-REGEXP is used.
+If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
+Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
+If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
+With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
+The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
+the sort order.
+For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
+starting with the letter \"f\",
+RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
+(autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
+Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
+For the purpose of this command, the region includes
+the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
+The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
+A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
+The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
+the sort order.
+Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
+because tabs could be split across the specified columns
+and it doesn't know how to handle that.  Also, when possible,
+it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
+Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
+(autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
+Reverse the order of lines in a region.
+From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (load-default-sounds load-sound-file) "sound" "prim/sound.el")
+(or sound-alist (setq sound-alist '((ready nil) (warp nil))))
+(autoload 'load-sound-file "sound" "\
+Read in an audio-file and add it to the sound-alist.
+You can only play sound files if you are running on display 0 of the console
+of a Sun SparcStation, SGI machine, or HP9000s700, or running a NetAudio
+server.  The sound file must be in the Sun/NeXT U-LAW format." t nil)
+(autoload 'load-default-sounds "sound" "\
+Load and install some sound files as beep-types.
+This only works if you're on display 0 of a Sun SparcStation, SGI machine,
+or HP9000s700, or running a NetAudio server." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "prim/tabify.el")
+(autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
+Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
+Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
+START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
+The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
+(autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
+Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
+A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
+when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
+Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
+START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
+The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "prim/userlock.el")
+(autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
+Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by USER.
+This function has a choice of three things to do:
+do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE USER))
+to refrain from editing the file
+return t (grab the lock on the file)
+return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
+You can rewrite it to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do." nil nil)
+(autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
+Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
+This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
+of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
+in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
+You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
+The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (style-format) "psgml-fs" "psgml/psgml-fs.el")
+(autoload 'style-format "psgml-fs" nil t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads nil "psgml-html" "psgml/psgml-html.el")
+(autoload 'html-mode "psgml-html" "\
+HTML mode." t)
+(autoload 'html3-mode "psgml-html" "\
+HTML3 mode." t)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (sgml-mode) "psgml" "psgml/psgml.el")
+(autoload 'sgml-mode "psgml" "\
+Major mode for editing SGML.\\<sgml-mode-map>
+Makes > display the matching <.  Makes / display matching /.
+Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
+You can find information with:
+\\[sgml-show-context]  Show the nesting of elements at cursor position.
+\\[sgml-list-valid-tags]  Show the tags valid at cursor position.
+Insert tags with completion of contextually valid tags with \\[sgml-insert-tag].
+End the current element with \\[sgml-insert-end-tag].  Insert an element (i.e.
+both start and end tag) with \\[sgml-insert-element].  Or tag a region with
+\\[sgml-tag-region].
+To tag a region with the mouse, use transient mark mode or secondary selection.
+Structure editing:
+\\[sgml-backward-element]  Moves backwards over the previous element.
+\\[sgml-forward-element]  Moves forward over the nex element.
+\\[sgml-down-element]  Move forward and down one level in the element structure.
+\\[sgml-backward-up-element]  Move backward out of this element level.
+\\[sgml-beginning-of-element]  Move to after the start tag of the current element.
+\\[sgml-end-of-element]  Move to before the end tag of the current element.
+\\[sgml-kill-element]  Kill the element following the cursor.
+Finding interesting positions
+\\[sgml-next-data-field]  Move forward to next point where data is allowed.
+\\[sgml-next-trouble-spot]  Move forward to next point where something is
+	amiss with the structure.
+Folding and unfolding
+\\[sgml-fold-element]  Fold the lines comprising the current element, leaving
+	the first line visible.
+\\[sgml-fold-subelement]  Fold the elements in the content of the current element.
+	Leaving the first line of every element visible.
+\\[sgml-unfold-line]  Show hidden lines in current line.
+User options:
+sgml-omittag  Set this to reflect OMITTAG in the SGML declaration.
+sgml-shortag  Set this to reflect SHORTTAG in the SGML declaration.
+sgml-auto-insert-required-elements  If non-nil, automatically insert required
+	elements in the content of an inserted element.
+sgml-balanced-tag-edit  If non-nil, always insert start-end tag pairs.
+sgml-omittag-transparent  If non-nil, will show legal tags inside elements
+	with omitable start tags and legal tags beyond omitable end tags.
+sgml-leave-point-after-insert  If non-nil, the point will remain after
+	inserted tag(s).
+sgml-warn-about-undefined-elements  If non-nil, print a warning when a tag
+	for a undefined element is found.
+sgml-max-menu-size  Max number of entries in Tags and Entities menus before
+	they are split into several panes.
+sgml-always-quote-attributes  If non-nil, quote all attribute values
+	inserted after finishing edit attributes.
+sgml-minimize-attributes  Determines minimization of attributes inserted by
+	edit-attributes.
+sgml-normalize-trims  If non-nil, sgml-normalize will trim off white space
+	from end of element when adding end tag.
+sgml-indent-step  How much to increament indent for every element level.
+sgml-indent-data  If non-nil, indent in data/mixed context also.
+sgml-set-face     If non-nil, psgml will set the face of parsed markup.
+sgml-markup-faces The faces used when the above variable is non-nil.
+sgml-system-path  List of directorys used to look for system identifiers.
+sgml-public-map  Mapping from public identifiers to file names.
+sgml-offer-save  If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before
+		\\[sgml-validate] is run.
+All bindings:
+\\{sgml-mode-map}
+" t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (rmail-input rmail-mode rmail) "rmail" "rmail/rmail.el")
+(defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
+*A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
+A value of nil means exclude your own name only.")
+(defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
+A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
+the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
+`rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly.  (The other part of the default
+value is the user's name.)
+It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
+(defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
+*Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
+(defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
+*List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
+`nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
+\(the name varies depending on the operating system,
+and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
+(defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
+*Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
+(defvar rmail-retry-setup-hook nil "\
+Hook that `rmail-retry-failure' uses in place of `mail-setup-hook'.")
+(defvar rmail-last-file nil)
+(autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
+Read and edit incoming mail.
+Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
+and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
+Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
+May be called with filename as argument; then performs rmail editing on
+that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file." t nil)
+(autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
+Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
+All normal editing commands are turned off.
+Instead, these commands are available:
+\\[rmail-beginning-of-message]	Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
+\\[scroll-up]	Scroll to next screen of this message.
+\\[scroll-down]	Scroll to previous screen of this message.
+\\[rmail-next-undeleted-message]	Move to Next non-deleted message.
+\\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message]	Move to Previous non-deleted message.
+\\[rmail-next-message]	Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
+\\[rmail-previous-message]	Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
+\\[rmail-first-message]	Move to the first message in Rmail file.
+\\[rmail-last-message]	Move to the last message in Rmail file.
+\\[rmail-show-message]	Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
+\\[rmail-search]	Search for string and show message it is found in.
+\\[rmail-delete-forward]	Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
+\\[rmail-delete-backward]	Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
+\\[rmail-undelete-previous-message]	Undelete message.  Tries current message, then earlier messages
+	till a deleted message is found.
+\\[rmail-edit-current-message]	Edit the current message.  \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
+\\[rmail-expunge]	Expunge deleted messages.
+\\[rmail-expunge-and-save]	Expunge and save the file.
+\\[rmail-quit]       Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
+\\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
+\\[rmail-get-new-mail]	Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
+\\[rmail-mail]	Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
+\\[rmail-continue]	Continue composing outgoing message started before.
+\\[rmail-reply]	Reply to this message.  Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
+\\[rmail-retry-failure]	Send this message again.  Used on a mailer failure message.
+\\[rmail-forward]	Forward this message to another user.
+\\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file]       Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
+\\[rmail-output]	Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
+\\[rmail-input]	Input Rmail file.  Run Rmail on that file.
+\\[rmail-add-label]	Add label to message.  It will be displayed in the mode line.
+\\[rmail-kill-label]	Kill label.  Remove a label from current message.
+\\[rmail-next-labeled-message]   Move to Next message with specified label
+(label defaults to last one specified).
+Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
+Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
+\\[rmail-previous-labeled-message]   Move to Previous message with specified label
+\\[rmail-summary]	Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
+\\[rmail-summary-by-labels]	Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
+\\[rmail-summary-by-recipients]   Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
+\\[rmail-summary-by-regexp]   Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
+\\[rmail-summary-by-topic]   Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
+\\[rmail-toggle-header]	Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
+(autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
+Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (rmail-file-p) "rmailout" "rmail/rmailout.el")
+(autoload 'rmail-file-p "rmailout" nil nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "rmail/unrmail.el")
+(autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
+Convert Rmail files to mailbox files.
+Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
+For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
+is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
+For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
+(autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
+Convert Rmail file FILE to mailbox-format file TO-FILE." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (mime/editor-mode) "tm-edit" "tm/tm-edit.el")
+(autoload 'mime/editor-mode "tm-edit" "\
+MIME minor mode for editing the tagged MIME message.
+In this mode, basically, the message is composed in the tagged MIME
+format. The message tag looks like:
+	--[[text/plain; charset=ISO-2022-JP][7bit]]
+The tag specifies the MIME content type, subtype, optional parameters
+and transfer encoding of the message following the tag. Messages
+without any tag are treated as `text/plain' by default. Charset and
+transfer encoding are automatically defined unless explicitly
+specified. Binary messages such as audio and image are usually hidden.
+The messages in the tagged MIME format are automatically translated
+into a MIME compliant message when exiting this mode.
+Available charsets depend on Emacs version being used. The following
+lists the available charsets of each emacs.
+EMACS 18:	US-ASCII is only available.
+NEmacs:		US-ASCII and ISO-2022-JP are available.
+EMACS 19:	US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
+XEmacs 19:	US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
+Mule:		US-ASCII, ISO-8859-* (except for ISO-8859-5), KOI8-R,
+		ISO-2022-JP, ISO-2022-JP-2, ISO-2022-KR, BIG5 and
+		ISO-2022-INT-1 are available.
+ISO-2022-JP-2 and ISO-2022-INT-1 charsets used in mule is expected to
+be used to represent multilingual text in intermixed manner. Any
+languages that has no registered charset are represented as either
+ISO-2022-JP-2 or ISO-2022-INT-1 in mule.
+If you want to use non-ISO-8859-1 charset in EMACS 19 or XEmacs 19,
+please set variable `default-mime-charset'. This variable must be
+symbol of which name is a MIME charset.
+If you want to add more charsets in mule, please set variable
+`charsets-mime-charset-alist'. This variable must be alist of which
+key is list of leading-char/charset and value is symbol of MIME
+charset. (leading-char is a term of MULE 1.* and 2.*. charset is a
+term of XEmacs/mule, mule merged EMACS and MULE 3.*) If name of
+coding-system is different as MIME charset, please set variable
+`mime-charset-coding-system-alist'. This variable must be alist of
+which key is MIME charset and value is coding-system.
+Following commands are available in addition to major mode commands:
+[make single part]
+\\[mime-editor/insert-text]	insert a text message.
+\\[mime-editor/insert-file]	insert a (binary) file.
+\\[mime-editor/insert-external]	insert a reference to external body.
+\\[mime-editor/insert-voice]	insert a voice message.
+\\[mime-editor/insert-message]	insert a mail or news message.
+\\[mime-editor/insert-mail]	insert a mail message.
+\\[mime-editor/insert-signature]	insert a signature file at end.
+\\[mime-editor/insert-key]	insert PGP public key.
+\\[mime-editor/insert-tag]	insert a new MIME tag.
+[make enclosure (maybe multipart)]
+\\[mime-editor/enclose-alternative-region]	enclose as multipart/alternative.
+\\[mime-editor/enclose-parallel-region]	enclose as multipart/parallel.
+\\[mime-editor/enclose-mixed-region]	enclose as multipart/mixed.
+\\[mime-editor/enclose-digest-region]	enclose as multipart/digest.
+\\[mime-editor/enclose-signed-region]	enclose as PGP signed.
+\\[mime-editor/enclose-encrypted-region]	enclose as PGP encrypted.
+\\[mime-editor/enclose-quote-region]	enclose as verbose mode (to avoid to expand tags)
+[other commands]
+\\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-7bit]	set transfer-level as 7.
+\\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-8bit]	set transfer-level as 8.
+\\[mime-editor/set-split]	set message splitting mode.
+\\[mime-editor/set-sign]	set PGP-sign mode.
+\\[mime-editor/set-encrypt]	set PGP-encryption mode.
+\\[mime-editor/preview-message]	preview editing MIME message.
+\\[mime-editor/exit]	exit and translate into a MIME compliant message.
+\\[mime-editor/help]	show this help.
+\\[mime-editor/maybe-translate]	exit and translate if in MIME mode, then split.
+Additional commands are available in some major modes:
+C-c C-c		exit, translate and run the original command.
+C-c C-s		exit, translate and run the original command.
+The following is a message example written in the tagged MIME format.
+TABs at the beginning of the line are not a part of the message:
+	This is a conventional plain text.  It should be translated
+	into text/plain.
+	--[[text/plain]]
+	This is also a plain text.  But, it is explicitly specified as
+	is.
+	--[[text/plain; charset=ISO-2022-JP]]
+	...Japanese text here....
+	--[[text/richtext]]
+	<center>This is a richtext.</center>
+	--[[image/gif][base64]]^M...image encoded in base64 here...
+	--[[audio/basic][base64]]^M...audio encoded in base64 here...
+User customizable variables (not documented all of them):
+mime-prefix
+Specifies a key prefix for MIME minor mode commands.
+mime-ignore-preceding-spaces
+Preceding white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
+mime-ignore-trailing-spaces
+Trailing white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
+mime-auto-hide-body
+Hide a non-textual body message encoded in base64 after insertion
+if non-nil.
+mime-editor/transfer-level
+A number of network transfer level.  It should be bigger than 7.
+If you are in 8bit-through environment, please set 8.
+mime-editor/voice-recorder
+Specifies a function to record a voice message and encode it.
+The function `mime-editor/voice-recorder-for-sun' is for Sun
+SparcStations.
+mime/editor-mode-hook
+Turning on MIME mode calls the value of mime/editor-mode-hook, if
+it is non-nil.
+mime-editor/translate-hook
+The value of mime-editor/translate-hook is called just before translating
+the tagged MIME format into a MIME compliant message if it is
+non-nil.  If the hook call the function mime-editor/insert-signature,
+the signature file will be inserted automatically.
+mime-editor/exit-hook
+Turning off MIME mode calls the value of mime-editor/exit-hook, if it is
+non-nil." t nil)
+(defalias 'edit-mime 'mime/editor-mode)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve url-cache-expired url-popup-info url-get-url-at-point url-buffer-visiting url-normalize-url url-file-attributes) "url" "url/url.el")
+(autoload 'url-file-attributes "url" "\
+Return a list of attributes of URL.
+Value is nil if specified file cannot be opened.
+Otherwise, list elements are:
+0. t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil.
+1. Number of links to file.
+2. File uid.
+3. File gid.
+4. Last access time, as a list of two integers.
+First integer has high-order 16 bits of time, second has low 16 bits.
+5. Last modification time, likewise.
+6. Last status change time, likewise.
+7. Size in bytes. (-1, if number is out of range).
+8. File modes, as a string of ten letters or dashes as in ls -l.
+If URL is on an http server, this will return the content-type if possible.
+9. t iff file's gid would change if file were deleted and recreated.
+10. inode number.
+11. Device number.
+If file does not exist, returns nil." nil nil)
+(autoload 'url-normalize-url "url" "\
+Return a 'normalized' version of URL.  This strips out default port
+numbers, etc." nil nil)
+(autoload 'url-buffer-visiting "url" "\
+Return the name of a buffer (if any) that is visiting URL." nil nil)
+(autoload 'url-get-url-at-point "url" "\
+Get the URL closest to point, but don't change your
+position. Has a preference for looking backward when not
+directly on a symbol." nil nil)
+(autoload 'url-popup-info "url" "\
+Retrieve the HTTP/1.0 headers and display them in a temp buffer." nil nil)
+(autoload 'url-cache-expired "url" "\
+Return t iff a cached file has expired." nil nil)
+(autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
+Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
+The document should be specified by its fully specified
+Uniform Resource Locator.  No parsing is done, just return the
+document as the server sent it.  The document is left in the
+buffer specified by url-working-buffer.  url-working-buffer is killed
+immediately before starting the transfer, so that no buffer-local
+variables interfere with the retrieval.  HTTP/1.0 redirection will
+be honored before this function exits." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice) "advice" "utils/advice.el")
+(defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
+*Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
+Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
+original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
+In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
+original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
+old original, or keep it and raise an error.  The values `accept', `discard',
+`error' or `warn' govern what will be done.  `warn' is just like `accept' but
+it additionally prints a warning message.  All other values will be
+interpreted as `error'.")
+(defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
+*Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
+A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
+always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
+loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
+advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
+be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
+COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
+(autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
+Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
+If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
+CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go.  The value
+of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
+to `first'.  Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
+extreme position.  If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
+name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
+will be overwritten with the new one.
+If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
+initialized.  Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
+will clear the cache." nil nil)
+(autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
+Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
+The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
+(defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
+[DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
+BODY... )
+FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
+CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
+NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
+POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
+see also `ad-add-advice'.
+ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
+instead of the argument list of the original.  The first one found in
+before/around/after-advices will be used.
+FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
+All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
+DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
+INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
+function.  The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
+BODY ::= Any s-expression.
+Semantics of the various flags:
+`protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
+any code that precedes it.  If any around-advice of a function is protected
+then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
+`activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
+FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
+`compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
+advised function should be compiled.
+`disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
+during activation until somebody enables it.
+`preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
+time.  This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
+advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate.  Only use
+this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
+`freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
+to this particular single advice.  No other advice information will be saved.
+Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
+the advised function.  `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'.  The
+documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
+during preloading.
+Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil 'macro)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (all-annotations annotation-list annotations-at annotations-in-region annotation-at annotationp delete-annotation make-annotation) "annotations" "utils/annotations.el")
+(defvar make-annotation-hook nil "\
+*Function or functions to run immediately after creating an annotation.")
+(defvar before-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
+*Function or functions to run immediately before deleting an annotation.")
+(defvar after-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
+*Function or functions to run immediately after deleting an annotation.")
+(autoload 'make-annotation "annotations" "\
+Create a marginal annotation, displayed using GLYPH, at position POS.
+GLYPH may be either a glyph object or a string.  Use layout policy
+LAYOUT and place the annotation in buffer BUFFER.  If POS is nil, point is
+used.  If LAYOUT is nil, `whitespace' is used.  If BUFFER is nil, the
+current buffer is used.  If WITH-EVENT is non-nil, then when an annotation
+is activated, the triggering event is passed as the second arg to the
+annotation function.  If D-GLYPH is non-nil then it is used as the glyph
+that will be displayed when button1 is down.  If RIGHTP is non-nil then
+the glyph will be displayed on the right side of the buffer instead of the
+left." nil nil)
+(autoload 'delete-annotation "annotations" "\
+Remove ANNOTATION from its buffer.  This does not modify the buffer text." nil nil)
+(autoload 'annotationp "annotations" "\
+T if OBJECT is an annotation." nil nil)
+(autoload 'annotation-at "annotations" "\
+Return the first annotation at POS in BUFFER.
+BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.  POS defaults to point in BUFFER." nil nil)
+(autoload 'annotations-in-region "annotations" "\
+Return all annotations in BUFFER between START and END inclusively." nil nil)
+(autoload 'annotations-at "annotations" "\
+Return a list of all annotations at POS in BUFFER.
+If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used.  If POS is nil, point is used." nil nil)
+(autoload 'annotation-list "annotations" "\
+Return a list of all annotations in BUFFER.
+If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used." nil nil)
+(autoload 'all-annotations "annotations" "\
+Return a list of all annotations in existence." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directory update-autoloads-here update-file-autoloads generate-file-autoloads) "autoload" "utils/autoload.el")
+(autoload 'generate-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
+Insert at point a loaddefs autoload section for FILE.
+autoloads are generated for defuns and defmacros in FILE
+marked by `generate-autoload-cookie' (which see).
+If FILE is being visited in a buffer, the contents of the buffer
+are used." t nil)
+(autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
+Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
+\(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
+(autoload 'update-autoloads-here "autoload" "\
+Update sections of the current buffer generated by `update-file-autoloads'." t nil)
+(autoload 'update-autoloads-from-directory "autoload" "\
+Update `generated-autoload-file' with all the current autoloads from DIR.
+This runs `update-file-autoloads' on each .el file in DIR.
+Obsolete autoload entries for files that no longer exist are deleted." t nil)
+(autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
+Update the autoloads for the files or directories on the command line.
+Runs `update-file-autoloads' on files and `update-directory-autoloads'
+on directories.  Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
+Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
+For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-update-autoloads *.el'." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "utils/browse-url.el")
+(defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-w3 "\
+*Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
+Used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
+`browse-url-of-file' commands.")
+(autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
+Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
+Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
+`browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
+When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
+non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
+random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
+the effect of browse-url-new-window-p.
+When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
+used instead of browse-url-new-window-p." t nil)
+(autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
+Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
+Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
+(autoload 'browse-url-grail "browse-url" "\
+Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
+Default to the URL around or before point.  Runs the program in the
+variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
+(autoload 'browse-url-iximosaic "browse-url" "\
+Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
+Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
+(autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
+Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
+Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
+(autoload 'browse-url-lynx-xterm "browse-url" "\
+Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
+Default to the URL around or before point.  A new Lynx process is run
+in an Xterm window." t nil)
+(autoload 'browse-url-lynx-emacs "browse-url" "\
+Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
+Default to the URL around or before point.  Run a new Lynx process in
+an Emacs buffer." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (docref-setup) "docref" "utils/docref.el")
+(autoload 'docref-setup "docref" "\
+Process docref cross-references in the current buffer.
+See also \\(f@docref-subst)." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "utils/easymenu.el")
+(autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
+Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
+The arguments SYMBOL and DOC are ignored; they are present for
+compatibility only.  SYMBOL is not evaluated.  In other Emacs versions
+these arguments may be used as a variable to hold the menu data, and a
+doc string for that variable.
+The first element of MENU must be a string.  It is the menu bar item name.
+The rest of the elements are menu items.
+A menu item is usually a vector of three elements:  [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
+NAME is a string--the menu item name.
+CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
+or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
+ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
+whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
+Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
+[ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
+Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
+:keys KEYS
+KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
+:active ENABLE
+ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
+whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
+:suffix NAME
+NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
+:style STYLE
+STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item.  The following are
+defined:
+toggle: A checkbox.
+Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
+radio: A radio button.
+nil: An ordinary menu item.
+:selected SELECTED
+SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
+whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
+Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
+A menu item can be a string.  Then that string appears in the menu as
+unselectable text.  A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
+as a solid horizontal line.
+A menu item can be a list.  It is treated as a submenu.
+The first element should be the submenu name.  That's used as the
+menu item in the top-level menu.  The cdr of the submenu list
+is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "utils/elp.el")
+(autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
+Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
+FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
+(autoload 'elp-restore-function "elp" "\
+Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
+Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
+(autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
+Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
+Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
+(autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
+Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
+For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
+\\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
+(autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
+Display current profiling results.
+If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
+information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
+displayed." t nil)
+(autoload 'elp-submit-bug-report "elp" "\
+Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-make-much-smaller facemenu-make-much-larger facemenu-make-smaller facemenu-make-larger facemenu-set-size-default facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "utils/facemenu.el")
+(defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
+Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
+(defvar facemenu-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Set face"))) (define-key map ?o 'facemenu-set-face) map) "\
+Keymap for face-changing commands.
+`Facemenu-update' fills in the keymap according to the bindings
+requested in `facemenu-keybindings'.")
+(autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
+Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
+It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
+will not show through at all will be removed.
+Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
+If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
+this command sets the region to the requested face.
+Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
+inserted.  Moving point or switching buffers before
+typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
+(autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
+Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
+The color is prompted for.  A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
+If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face.  If
+it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
+character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
+the selected face.  Moving point or switching buffers before
+typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
+(autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
+Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
+The color is prompted for.  A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
+If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face.  If
+it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
+character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
+the selected face.  Moving point or switching buffers before
+typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
+(autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
+Set the face of the region or next character typed.
+This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
+is the menu item's name.
+If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
+this command sets the region to the requested face.
+Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
+inserted.  Moving point or switching buffers before
+typing a character to insert cancels the specification." nil nil)
+(autoload 'facemenu-set-size-default "facemenu" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'facemenu-make-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'facemenu-make-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'facemenu-make-much-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'facemenu-make-much-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
+(autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
+Make the region invisible.
+This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
+`facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
+(autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
+Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
+This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
+`facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
+(autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
+Make the region unmodifiable.
+This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
+`facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
+(autoload 'facemenu-remove-props "facemenu" "\
+Remove all text properties that facemenu added to region." t nil)
+(autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
+Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
+These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
+(autoload 'list-text-properties-at "facemenu" "\
+Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
+(autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
+Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
+(autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
+Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
+If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
+colors to display.  Otherwise, this command computes a list
+of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "utils/flow-ctrl.el")
+(autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
+Toggle flow control handling.
+When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
+With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
+(autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
+Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
+Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
+on VT-100 and H19 terminals.  When flow control is enabled,
+you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
+to get the effect of a C-q.
+This function has no effect unless the current device is a tty.
+The tty terminal type is determined from the TERM environment variable.
+Trailing hyphens and everything following is stripped, so a TERM
+value of \"vt100-nam\" is treated the same as \"vt100\"." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) "forms" "utils/forms.el")
+(autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
+Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
+Commands:                        Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
+TAB            forms-next-field          TAB
+\\C-c TAB       forms-next-field
+\\C-c <         forms-first-record         <
+\\C-c >         forms-last-record          >
+\\C-c ?         describe-mode              ?
+\\C-c \\C-k      forms-delete-record
+\\C-c \\C-q      forms-toggle-read-only     q
+\\C-c \\C-o      forms-insert-record
+\\C-c \\C-l      forms-jump-record          l
+\\C-c \\C-n      forms-next-record          n
+\\C-c \\C-p      forms-prev-record          p
+\\C-c \\C-r      forms-search-backward      r
+\\C-c \\C-s      forms-search-forward       s
+\\C-c \\C-x      forms-exit                 x
+" t nil)
+(autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
+Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
+(autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
+Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (highlight-headers-follow-url highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape highlight-headers) "highlight-headers" "utils/highlight-headers.el")
+(autoload 'highlight-headers "highlight-headers" "\
+Highlight message headers between start and end.
+Faces used:
+message-headers			the part before the colon
+message-header-contents		the part after the colon
+message-highlighted-header-contents	contents of \"special\" headers
+message-cited-text			quoted text from other messages
+Variables used:
+highlight-headers-regexp			what makes a \"special\" header
+highlight-headers-citation-regexp		matches lines of quoted text
+highlight-headers-citation-header-regexp	matches headers for quoted text
+If HACK-SIG is true,then we search backward from END for something that
+looks like the beginning of a signature block, and don't consider that a
+part of the message (this is because signatures are often incorrectly
+interpreted as cited text.)" nil nil)
+(autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url "highlight-headers" nil t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (id-select-double-click-hook id-select-and-kill-thing id-select-and-copy-thing id-select-goto-matching-tag id-select-thing-with-mouse id-select-thing) "id-select" "utils/id-select.el")
+(autoload 'id-select-thing "id-select" "\
+Mark the region selected by the syntax of the thing at point.
+If invoked repeatedly, selects bigger and bigger things.
+If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil, the type of selection is displayed in
+the minibuffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'id-select-thing-with-mouse "id-select" "\
+Select a region based on the syntax of the character from a mouse click.
+If the click occurs at the same point as the last click, select
+the next larger syntactic structure.  If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
+the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'id-select-goto-matching-tag "id-select" "\
+If in a major mode listed in `id-select-markup-modes,' moves point to the start of the tag paired with the closest tag that point is within or precedes.
+Returns t if point is moved, else nil.
+Signals an error if no tag is found following point or if the closing tag
+does not have a `>' terminator character." t nil)
+(autoload 'id-select-and-copy-thing "id-select" "\
+Copy the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
+(autoload 'id-select-and-kill-thing "id-select" "\
+Kill the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
+(autoload 'id-select-double-click-hook "id-select" "\
+Select a region based on the syntax of the character wherever the mouse is double-clicked.
+If the double-click occurs at the same point as the last double-click, select
+the next larger syntactic structure.  If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
+the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "utils/loadhist.el")
+(autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
+Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
+If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
+is nil, raise an error." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "utils/mail-extr.el")
+(autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
+Given an RFC-822 ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
+Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
+If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
+ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer.  If it is a buffer, the visible
+(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
+(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
+consing a string.)
+If ADDRESS contains more than one RFC-822 address, only the first is
+returned.  Some day this function may be extended to extract multiple
+addresses, or perhaps return the position at which parsing stopped." nil nil)
+(autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
+Prompts for a mail domain, and prints the country it corresponds to
+in the minibuffer." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "utils/mail-utils.el")
+(defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
+*If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
+Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
+often correct parser.")
+(autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
+Return the value of the header field FIELD-NAME.
+The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the headers of the message.
+If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last such field if there are several.
+If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (read-passwd) "passwd" "utils/passwd.el")
+(autoload 'read-passwd "passwd" "\
+Prompts for a password in the minibuffer, and returns it as a string.
+If PROMPT may be a prompt string or an alist of elements
+'(prompt . default).
+If optional arg CONFIRM is true, then ask the user to type the password
+again to confirm that they typed it correctly.
+If optional arg DEFAULT is provided, then it is a string to insert as
+the default choice (it is not, of course, displayed.)
+If running under X, the keyboard will be grabbed (with XGrabKeyboard())
+to reduce the possibility that evesdropping is occuring.
+When reading a password, all keys self-insert, except for:
+\\<read-passwd-map>
+	\\[read-passwd-erase-line]	Erase the entire line.
+	\\[quoted-insert]	Insert the next character literally.
+	\\[delete-backward-char]	Delete the previous character.
+	\\[exit-minibuffer]	Accept what you have typed.
+	\\[keyboard-quit]	Abort the command.
+The returned value is always a newly-created string.  No additional copies
+of the password remain after this function has returned.
+NOTE: unless great care is taken, the typed password will exist in plaintext
+form in the running image for an arbitrarily long time.  Priveleged users may
+be able to extract it from memory.  If emacs crashes, it may appear in the
+resultant core file.
+Some steps you can take to prevent the password from being copied around:
+- as soon as you are done with the returned string, destroy it with
+(fillarray string 0).  The same goes for any default passwords
+or password histories.
+- do not copy the string, as with concat or substring - if you do, be
+sure to keep track of and destroy all copies.
+- do not insert the password into a buffer - if you do, be sure to
+overwrite the buffer text before killing it, as with the functions
+`passwd-erase-buffer' or `passwd-kill-buffer'.  Note that deleting
+the text from the buffer does NOT necessarily remove the text from
+memory.
+- be careful of the undo history - if you insert the password into a
+buffer which has undo recording turned on, the password will be
+copied onto the undo list, and thus recoverable.
+- do not pass it as an argument to a shell command - anyone will be
+able to see it if they run `ps' at the right time.
+Note that the password will be temporarily recoverable with the `view-lossage'
+command.  This data will not be overwritten until another hundred or so
+characters are typed.  There's not currently a way around this." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" "utils/pp.el")
+(defalias 'pprint 'pp)
+(autoload 'pp "pp" "\
+Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
+Quoting characters are printed when needed to make output that `read'
+can handle, whenever this is possible.
+Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
+(autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
+Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
+If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
+instead.  Value is also consed on to front of variable  values 's
+value." t nil)
+(autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
+Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
+With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
+Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (prettyexpand-all-sexp prettyexpand-sexp macroexpand-all-sexp macroexpand-sexp pp-plist pp-variable pp-function) "pretty-print" "utils/pretty-print.el")
+(autoload 'pp-function "pretty-print" "\
+Pretty print the function definition of SYMBOL in a seperate buffer" t nil)
+(autoload 'pp-variable "pretty-print" "\
+Pretty print the variable value of SYMBOL in a seperate buffer" t nil)
+(autoload 'pp-plist "pretty-print" "\
+Pretty print the property list of SYMBOL in a seperate buffer" t nil)
+(autoload 'macroexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
+Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion in a
+temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
+sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'macroexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
+Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
+expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
+original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'prettyexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
+Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion
+in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
+sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
+	However, calls to macros specified in the variable
+`pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
+look nicer." t nil)
+(autoload 'prettyexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
+Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
+expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
+original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
+	However, calls to macros specified in the variable
+`pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
+look nicer." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "utils/reporter.el")
+(autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" nil nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ringp) "ring" "utils/ring.el")
+(autoload 'ringp "ring" "\
+Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
+(define-obsolete-function-alias 'ring-p 'ringp)
+(autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
+Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "utils/skeleton.el")
+(defvar skeleton-filter 'identity "\
+Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
+(autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
+Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
+DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
+which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
+INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil 'macro)
+(autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
+Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
+Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
+If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
+on `skeleton-autowrap'.  An ARG of  M-0  will prevent this just for once.
+This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
+\\[edit-abbrevs]  buffer: \"\"  command-name).
+When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
+which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
+ignored." t nil)
+(autoload 'skeleton-proxy "skeleton" "\
+Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
+Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
+If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
+on `skeleton-autowrap'.  An ARG of  M-0  will prevent this just for once.
+This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
+\\[edit-abbrevs]  buffer: \"\"  command-name).
+When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
+which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
+ignored." t nil)
+(autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
+Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
+With optional third REGIONS wrap first interesting point (`_') in skeleton
+around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.  If REGIONS is negative,
+wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first REGIONS interesting positions
+\(successive `_'s) in skeleton.  An interregion is the stretch of text between
+two contiguous marked points.  If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor)
+in alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.  But
+if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
+Optional fourth STR is the value for the variable `str' within the skeleton.
+When this is non-`nil' the interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid
+skeleton element.
+SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...).  INTERACTOR may be nil if
+not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
+If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
+`skeleton-transformation').  Other possibilities are:
+	\\n	go to next line and indent according to mode
+	_	interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
+	>	indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
+	&	do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
+	|	do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
+	-num	delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
+	resume:	skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
+	nil	skipped
+Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.  ELEMENT may
+itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR.  The user is prompted repeatedly for
+different inputs.  The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
+non-empty string.  \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
+continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any.  If INTERACTOR in such
+a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
+formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'.  Such an INTERACTOR may also a list of
+strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
+Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated evaluated for their side-effect.
+Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
+Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
+endless loop.  Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
+to any valid skeleton element.  The following local variables are
+available:
+	str	first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
+		then: insert previously read string once more
+	help	help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
+	input	initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
+	v1, v2	local variables for memorizing anything you want
+When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
+`skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
+(autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
+Insert the character you type ARG times.
+With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur.  If the region
+is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
+Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
+word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
+If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
+the defaults are used.  These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
+symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "utils/tq.el")
+(autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
+Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
+PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
+streams of bytes.  It may be a local process, or it may be connected
+to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function) "trace" "utils/trace.el")
+(defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
+*Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
+(autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
+Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
+For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
+and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
+trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
+there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
+Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
+display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
+(autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
+Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
+For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
+and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
+trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
+there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
+the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (y-or-n-p-with-timeout yes-or-no-p-with-timeout with-timeout with-timeout-internal) "with-timeout" "utils/with-timeout.el")
+(autoload 'with-timeout-internal "with-timeout" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'with-timeout "with-timeout" "\
+Usage: (with-timeout (seconds &rest timeout-forms) &rest body)
+This is just like progn, but if the given number of seconds expires before
+the body returns, then timeout-forms are evaluated and returned instead.
+The body won't be interrupted in the middle of a computation: the check for
+the timer expiration only occurs when body does a redisplay, or prompts the
+user for input, or calls accept-process-output." nil 'macro)
+(autoload 'yes-or-no-p-with-timeout "with-timeout" "\
+Just like yes-or-no-p, but will time out after TIMEOUT seconds
+if the user has not yes answered, returning DEFAULT-VALUE." nil nil)
+(autoload 'y-or-n-p-with-timeout "with-timeout" "\
+Just like y-or-n-p, but will time out after TIMEOUT seconds
+if the user has not yes answered, returning DEFAULT-VALUE." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (xbm-button-create) "xbm-button" "utils/xbm-button.el")
+(autoload 'xbm-button-create "xbm-button" "\
+Returns a list of XBM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
+The list is of the form
+(UP DOWN DISABLED)
+where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
+instantiators for the button.
+BORDER-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
+borders on the edges of the buttons.  It should be a positive integer,
+or 0 to mean no border." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (xpm-button-create) "xpm-button" "utils/xpm-button.el")
+(autoload 'xpm-button-create "xpm-button" "\
+Returns a list of XPM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
+The list is of the form
+(UP DOWN DISABLED)
+where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
+instantiators for the button.
+SHADOW-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
+shadows on the edges of the buttons.  It should be a positive integer,
+or 0 to mean no shadows on the edges.
+FG-COLOR is the color used to display the text.  It should be a string.
+BG-COLOR is the background color the text will be displayed upon.
+It should be a string." nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode) "viper" "viper/viper.el")
+(autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
+Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
+(defalias 'vip-mode 'viper-mode)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps vm-easy-menu-define) "vm-easymenu" "vm/vm-easymenu.el")
+(autoload 'vm-easy-menu-define "vm-easymenu" "\
+Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
+The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
+and as its function definition.   DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
+The first element of MENU must be a string.  It is the menu bar item name.
+The rest of the elements are menu items.
+A menu item is usually a vector of three elements:  [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
+NAME is a string--the menu item name.
+CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
+or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
+ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
+whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
+Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
+[ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
+Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
+:keys KEYS
+KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
+This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
+computed automatically.
+:active ENABLE
+ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
+whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
+:suffix NAME
+NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
+:style
+STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item.  The following are
+defined:
+toggle: A checkbox.
+Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
+radio: A radio button.
+nil: An ordinary menu item.
+:selected SELECTED
+SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
+whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
+Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
+A menu item can be a string.  Then that string appears in the menu as
+unselectable text.  A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
+as a solid horizontal line.
+A menu item can be a list.  It is treated as a submenu.
+The first element should be the submenu name.  That's used as the
+menu item in the top-level menu.  The cdr of the submenu list
+is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
+(autoload 'vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps "vm-easymenu" nil nil nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (w3-use-hotlist) "w3-hot" "w3/w3-hot.el")
+(autoload 'w3-use-hotlist "w3-hot" "\
+Possibly go to a link in your W3/Mosaic hotlist.
+This is part of the emacs World Wide Web browser.  It will prompt for
+one of the items in your 'hotlist'.  A hotlist is a list of often
+visited or interesting items you have found on the World Wide Web." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (w3-follow-link w3-follow-link-other-frame w3-do-setup w3 w3-preview-this-buffer w3-batch-fetch w3-follow-url-at-point w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame w3-maybe-follow-link w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse w3-fetch w3-fetch-other-frame w3-find-file w3-open-local) "w3" "w3/w3.el")
+(autoload 'w3-open-local "w3" "\
+Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
+It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
+hypertext document.  If it is a directory, and url-use-hypertext-dired
+is non-nil, then an HTML directory listing is created on the fly.
+Otherwise, dired-mode is used to visit the buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'w3-find-file "w3" "\
+Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
+It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
+hypertext document.  If it is a directory, and url-use-hypertext-dired
+is non-nil, then an HTML directory listing is created on the fly.
+Otherwise, dired-mode is used to visit the buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'w3-fetch-other-frame "w3" "\
+Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
+With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
+to disk." t nil)
+(autoload 'w3-fetch "w3" "\
+Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
+The World Wide Web is a global hypertext system started by CERN in
+Switzerland in 1991.
+The document should be specified by its fully specified
+Uniform Resource Locator.  The document will be parsed, printed, or
+passed to an external viewer as appropriate.  Variable
+`mm-mime-info' specifies viewers for particular file types." t nil)
+(autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse "w3" "\
+Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
+If there is no link under point, this will try using
+url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
+(autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link "w3" "\
+Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
+If there is no link under point, this will try using
+url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
+(autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame "w3" "\
+Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
+(autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point "w3" "\
+Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
+(autoload 'w3-batch-fetch "w3" "\
+Fetch all the URLs on the command line and save them to files in
+the current directory.  The first argument after the -f w3-batch-fetch
+on the command line should be a string specifying how to save the
+information retrieved.  If it is \"html\", then the page will be
+unformatted when it is written to disk.  If it is \"text\", then the
+page will be formatted before it is written to disk.  If it is
+\"binary\" it will not mess with the file extensions, and just save
+the data in raw binary format.  If none of those, the default is
+\"text\", and the first argument is treated as a normal URL." nil nil)
+(autoload 'w3-preview-this-buffer "w3" "\
+See what this buffer will look like when its formatted as HTML.
+HTML is the HyperText Markup Language used by the World Wide Web to
+specify formatting for text.  More information on HTML can be found at
+ftp.w3.org:/pub/www/doc." t nil)
+(autoload 'w3 "w3" "\
+Retrieve the default World Wide Web home page.
+The World Wide Web is a global hypertext system started by CERN in
+Switzerland in 1991.
+The home page is specified by the variable w3-default-homepage.  The
+document should be specified by its fully specified Uniform Resource
+Locator.  The document will be parsed as HTML (if appropriate) and
+displayed in a new buffer." t nil)
+(autoload 'w3-do-setup "w3" "\
+Do setup - this is to avoid conflict with user settings when W3 is
+dumped with emacs." nil nil)
+(autoload 'w3-follow-link-other-frame "w3" "\
+Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
+With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
+to disk." nil nil)
+(autoload 'w3-follow-link "w3" "\
+Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point.
+With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
+to disk." t nil)
+;;;***
+;;;### (autoloads (font-menu-weight-constructor font-menu-size-constructor font-menu-family-constructor reset-device-font-menus) "x-font-menu" "x11/x-font-menu.el")
+(defvar font-menu-ignore-scaled-fonts t "\
+*If non-nil, then the font menu will try to show only bitmap fonts.")
+(defvar font-menu-this-frame-only-p nil "\
+*If non-nil, then changing the default font from the font menu will only
+affect one frame instead of all frames.")
+(fset 'install-font-menus 'reset-device-font-menus)
+(autoload 'reset-device-font-menus "x-font-menu" "\
+Generates the `Font', `Size', and `Weight' submenus for the Options menu.
+This is run the first time that a font-menu is needed for each device.
+If you don't like the lazy invocation of this function, you can add it to
+`create-device-hook' and that will make the font menus respond more quickly
+when they are selected for the first time.  If you add fonts to your system,
+or if you change your font path, you can call this to re-initialize the menus." nil nil)
+(autoload 'font-menu-family-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'font-menu-size-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
+(autoload 'font-menu-weight-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
+;;;***

Mercurial > hg > xemacs-beta

comparison lisp/prim/auto-autoloads.el @ 78:c7528f8e288d r20-0b34